1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
168 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 struct address_space *aspace2,
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
174 struct bp_location *loc2);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
177 struct address_space *aspace,
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 int *other_type_used);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
234 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
236 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
239 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
243 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
245 static void update_global_location_list (int);
247 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
249 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
251 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
253 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
255 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
257 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
267 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
269 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
271 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
276 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
278 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
281 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
282 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
283 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
285 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
286 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
288 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
291 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
296 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
298 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
299 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
301 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
304 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
305 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
306 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
307 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
308 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
309 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
311 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
312 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
313 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
314 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
320 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
322 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
323 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
324 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
325 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
327 static char *dprintf_function = "";
329 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
330 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
331 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
332 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
333 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
334 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
335 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
337 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
339 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
341 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
343 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
344 breakpoints share a single command list. */
345 struct counted_command_line
347 /* The reference count. */
350 /* The command list. */
351 struct command_line *commands;
354 struct command_line *
355 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
357 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
361 current breakpoint. */
363 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
368 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
369 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
371 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
373 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
377 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
378 if such is available. */
379 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 fprintf_filtered (file,
387 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
388 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
392 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
394 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
396 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
398 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
399 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 fprintf_filtered (file,
403 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
404 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
408 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
409 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
410 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
411 use hardware breakpoints. */
412 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
414 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
415 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 fprintf_filtered (file,
419 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
423 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
424 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
425 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
426 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
427 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
429 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
433 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
435 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
436 fprintf_filtered (file,
437 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
438 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
440 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
442 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
449 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
450 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
455 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
456 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
457 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
459 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
460 condition_evaluation_auto,
461 condition_evaluation_host,
462 condition_evaluation_target,
466 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
469 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
470 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
473 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
474 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
475 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
479 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
481 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
483 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
484 return condition_evaluation_target;
486 return condition_evaluation_host;
492 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
497 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
504 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
506 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
508 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
513 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
514 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
516 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
517 static int overlay_events_enabled;
519 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
520 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
522 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
524 current breakpoint. */
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
530 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
534 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
535 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
537 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
538 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
539 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
543 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
544 to where the loop should start from.
545 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
546 appropriate location to start with. */
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
549 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
550 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
552 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
553 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
558 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
559 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
560 if (is_tracepoint (B))
562 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
564 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
566 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
568 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
570 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
572 static unsigned bp_location_count;
574 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
575 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
576 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
577 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
578 an address you need to read. */
580 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
582 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
583 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
584 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
585 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
586 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
588 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
590 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
591 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
593 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
595 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
597 static int breakpoint_count;
599 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
600 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
601 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
602 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
603 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
605 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
607 static int tracepoint_count;
609 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
611 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
613 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
615 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
617 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
625 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
626 breakpoint_count = num;
627 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
631 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
632 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
634 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
638 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
640 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
647 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
649 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
657 struct breakpoint *b;
663 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
664 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
666 static struct counted_command_line *
667 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
669 struct counted_command_line *result
670 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673 result->commands = commands;
677 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
686 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
687 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
688 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
695 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
697 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
709 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 static struct cleanup *
716 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
718 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
722 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
723 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726 get_breakpoint (int num)
728 struct breakpoint *b;
731 if (b->number == num)
739 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
740 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
745 struct bp_location *loc;
747 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
748 evaluating conditions and if the user has
749 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
751 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
752 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
759 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
763 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
768 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
769 evaluating conditions and if the user has
770 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
772 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
773 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
777 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
784 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
788 struct cmd_list_element *c)
790 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
792 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
793 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
795 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
796 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
797 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
801 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
802 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
804 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
805 settings was "auto". */
806 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
808 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
809 if (new_mode != old_mode)
811 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
812 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
813 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
815 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
816 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
821 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
823 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
824 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
828 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
829 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
830 target knows about. */
831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
832 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
833 loc->needs_update = 1;
837 update_global_location_list (1);
843 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
844 what "auto" is translating to. */
847 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
848 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
850 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
851 fprintf_filtered (file,
852 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
853 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
855 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
857 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
861 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
862 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
863 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
868 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
869 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
871 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
878 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
879 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 static struct bp_location **
883 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
885 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
886 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
889 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
890 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
891 dummy_loc.address = address;
893 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
894 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
895 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
896 bp_location_compare_addrs);
898 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
899 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
903 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
904 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
905 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 xfree (b->cond_string);
916 b->cond_string = NULL;
918 if (is_watchpoint (b))
920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927 struct bp_location *loc;
929 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
934 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
935 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
936 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
947 const char *arg = exp;
949 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
950 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
951 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
952 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
954 if (is_watchpoint (b))
956 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
958 innermost_block = NULL;
960 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
962 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
963 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
967 struct bp_location *loc;
969 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
973 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
974 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
976 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
980 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
985 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
987 static VEC (char_ptr) *
988 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
989 const char *text, const char *word)
993 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
994 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
998 struct breakpoint *b;
999 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1003 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1004 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1006 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1010 len = strlen (text);
1016 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1018 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1019 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1025 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1026 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1027 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1030 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1033 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1035 struct breakpoint *b;
1040 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1043 bnum = get_number (&p);
1045 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1048 if (b->number == bnum)
1050 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1051 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1052 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1053 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1054 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1056 if (extlang != NULL)
1058 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1059 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1060 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1062 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1064 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1065 update_global_location_list (1);
1070 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1073 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1074 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1075 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1078 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1080 struct command_line *c;
1082 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1086 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1087 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1088 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1090 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1093 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1094 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1095 command directly. */
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1099 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1100 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1107 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1109 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1110 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1111 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1115 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1117 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1120 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1121 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1125 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1126 struct command_line *commands)
1128 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1130 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1131 struct command_line *c;
1132 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1134 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1135 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1139 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1140 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1141 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1142 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1143 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1144 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1145 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1146 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1147 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1148 tracepoint's context. */
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1151 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1153 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1167 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1223 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1228 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1230 int old_silent = b->silent;
1233 if (old_silent != silent)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1237 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1241 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1243 int old_thread = b->thread;
1246 if (old_thread != thread)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1250 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1254 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1256 int old_task = b->task;
1259 if (old_task != task)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1264 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1266 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1268 validate_actionline (line, b);
1271 /* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274 struct commands_info
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line *control;
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1291 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1295 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1297 struct commands_info *info = data;
1299 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1301 struct command_line *l;
1303 if (info->control != NULL)
1304 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1307 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1310 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1314 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1316 l = read_command_lines (str,
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1325 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1335 b->commands = info->cmd;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1388 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if (!target_has_execution)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1808 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1809 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1811 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1812 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1815 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1818 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1819 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1821 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1823 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1824 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1825 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1826 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1827 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1829 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1835 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1837 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1838 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1840 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1841 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1842 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1843 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1844 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1845 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1846 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1848 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1850 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1851 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1852 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1854 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1855 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1859 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1861 addr = value_address (v);
1863 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1865 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1868 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1869 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1872 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1874 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1875 loc->address = addr;
1876 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1877 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1890 struct bp_location *bl;
1892 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1896 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1911 type = b->base.type;
1912 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1913 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1929 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1931 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1933 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1949 b->base.type = type;
1952 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1964 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1966 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1967 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1970 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1972 next = value_next (v);
1977 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1978 above left it without any location set up. But,
1979 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1980 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1981 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1983 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1984 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1985 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1986 base->loc->address = -1;
1987 base->loc->length = -1;
1988 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1991 else if (!within_current_scope)
1993 printf_filtered (_("\
1994 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1995 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1997 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2000 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2002 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2006 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2007 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2008 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2009 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2010 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2012 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2014 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2017 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2020 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2023 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2026 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2027 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2028 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2029 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2030 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2031 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2032 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2033 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2034 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2040 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2041 that the location is not duplicated. */
2044 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2047 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2050 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2051 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2055 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2056 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2057 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2058 any error during parsing. */
2060 static struct agent_expr *
2061 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2063 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2064 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2069 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2070 that may show up. */
2071 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2073 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2078 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2079 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2080 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2084 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2088 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2089 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2090 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2091 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2092 one of them is true. */
2095 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2097 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2098 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2099 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2100 struct bp_location *loc;
2102 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2103 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2105 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2106 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2107 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2109 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2110 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2113 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2114 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2115 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2116 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2117 response back to GDB. */
2118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2121 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2125 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2127 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2128 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2129 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2130 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2131 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2132 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2134 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2135 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2141 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2142 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2143 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2145 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2151 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2152 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2153 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2155 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2156 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2157 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2164 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2166 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2169 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2170 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2175 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2176 for this location's address. */
2177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2181 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2182 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2183 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2185 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2186 conditions to the target. */
2187 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2188 loc->cond_bytecode);
2194 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2195 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2196 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2198 static struct agent_expr *
2199 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2201 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2202 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2203 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2204 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2205 const char *cmdrest;
2206 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2207 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2216 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2220 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2221 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2223 format_start = cmdrest;
2225 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2227 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2229 format_end = cmdrest;
2231 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2232 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2234 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2236 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2237 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2239 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2243 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2245 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2246 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2249 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2254 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2255 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2257 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2263 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2265 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2266 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2267 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2274 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2275 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2276 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2280 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2284 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2285 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2286 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2289 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2291 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2292 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2293 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2294 struct bp_location *loc;
2296 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2297 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2299 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2300 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2301 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2308 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2309 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2310 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2311 response back to GDB. */
2312 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2315 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2319 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2321 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2322 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2323 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2324 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2325 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2326 loc->owner->extra_string);
2327 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2333 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2334 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2335 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2337 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2343 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2345 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2350 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2358 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2359 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2364 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2369 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2371 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2372 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the commands to the target. */
2376 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2380 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2381 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2382 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2383 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2386 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2387 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2388 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2389 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2392 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2393 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2395 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2396 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2397 int *disabled_breaks,
2398 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2399 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2401 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2402 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2403 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2405 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2408 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2410 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2411 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2412 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2413 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2414 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2415 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2416 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2417 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2418 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2419 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2421 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2422 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2423 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2424 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2426 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2428 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2429 build_target_command_list (bl);
2430 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2431 bl->needs_update = 0;
2434 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2435 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2437 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2439 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2440 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2441 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2443 Two important cases are:
2444 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2445 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2446 hardware breakpoint.
2447 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2448 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2449 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2452 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2453 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2454 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2455 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2457 struct mem_region *mr
2458 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2462 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2464 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2466 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2467 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2469 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2471 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2473 static int said = 0;
2475 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2478 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2479 _("Note: automatically using "
2480 "hardware breakpoints for "
2481 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2486 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2487 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2488 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2489 "at readonly address %s"),
2490 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2494 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2495 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2496 || bl->section == NULL
2497 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2499 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2500 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2504 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2506 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2511 bp_err_message = e.message;
2516 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2517 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2518 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2520 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2521 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2522 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2523 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2524 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2528 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2530 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2531 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2532 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2534 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2535 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2539 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2540 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2542 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2547 bp_err_message = e.message;
2550 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2553 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2557 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2558 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2560 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2561 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2565 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2567 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2572 bp_err_message = e.message;
2577 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2578 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2583 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2585 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2587 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2588 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2589 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2590 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2591 breakpoint insertion themselves (necessary if this is a
2592 HW breakpoint, but SW breakpoints likewise) can't tell
2593 why the breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote
2594 target doesn't define error codes), so we must treat
2595 generic errors as memory errors. */
2596 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2597 && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2599 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2600 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2601 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2602 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2604 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2605 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2607 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2608 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2609 "library breakpoints:\n");
2611 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2612 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2613 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2618 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2620 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2621 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2622 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2623 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2624 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2625 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2626 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2630 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2633 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2634 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2635 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2637 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2638 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2640 bl->owner->number, message);
2641 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2645 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2646 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2661 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2662 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2663 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2664 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2668 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2669 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2671 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2673 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2674 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2675 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2677 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2679 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2680 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2682 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2684 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2685 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2689 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2690 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2697 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2698 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2701 /* Back to the original value. */
2702 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2706 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2709 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2713 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2714 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2716 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2719 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2723 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2724 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2726 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2729 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2731 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2732 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2733 so just return success. */
2740 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2741 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2745 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2747 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2750 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2753 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2754 delete_breakpoint (b);
2757 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2758 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2761 struct bp_location *tmp;
2763 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2765 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2766 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2767 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2769 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2770 if (tmp->next == loc)
2772 tmp->next = loc->next;
2778 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2779 removed locations above. */
2780 update_global_location_list (0);
2783 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2784 Throws exception on any error.
2785 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2786 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2788 insert_breakpoints (void)
2790 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2793 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2795 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2797 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2800 update_global_location_list (1);
2802 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2803 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2805 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2806 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2809 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2812 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2814 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2816 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2818 callback (loc, NULL);
2822 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2823 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2824 always-inserted mode. */
2827 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2829 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2832 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2833 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2834 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2836 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2837 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2839 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2840 there was an error. */
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2843 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2847 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2849 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2852 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2853 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2854 deletion of breakpoints. */
2855 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2858 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2860 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2861 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2862 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2863 insert breakpoints. */
2864 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2865 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2868 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2869 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2876 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2877 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2880 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2883 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2886 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2888 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2892 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2893 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2894 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2896 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2897 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2899 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2900 there was an error. */
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2903 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2905 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2907 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2910 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2911 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2912 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2913 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2914 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2917 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2919 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2920 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2921 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2922 insert breakpoints. */
2923 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2924 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2927 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2928 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2933 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2934 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2937 int some_failed = 0;
2938 struct bp_location *loc;
2940 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2943 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2946 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2949 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2950 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2957 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2959 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2961 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2962 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2963 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2971 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2972 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2973 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2975 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2976 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2977 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2979 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2980 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2983 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2986 /* Used when the program stops.
2987 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2988 removing a breakpoint location. */
2991 remove_breakpoints (void)
2993 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2996 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2998 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2999 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3004 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3008 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3010 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3014 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3016 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3018 printf_filtered (_("\
3019 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3020 b->number, tp->num);
3022 /* Hide it from the user. */
3028 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3031 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3035 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3039 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3042 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3047 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3056 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3058 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3059 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3061 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3062 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3063 struct inferior *inf;
3064 struct thread_info *tp;
3066 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3070 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3071 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3073 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3075 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3076 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3080 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3086 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3089 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3094 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3098 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3100 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3101 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3102 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3103 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3104 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3105 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3107 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3110 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3113 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3114 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3118 static struct breakpoint *
3119 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3120 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3121 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3123 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3126 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3129 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3130 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3132 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3133 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3134 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3139 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3141 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3143 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3145 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3146 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3148 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3149 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3151 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3152 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3154 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3155 int longjmp_searched;
3157 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3158 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3160 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3161 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3163 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3164 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3166 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3167 int exception_searched;
3169 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3170 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3173 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3175 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3176 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3178 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3181 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3183 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3186 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3187 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3189 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3190 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3194 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3195 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3197 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3198 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3200 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3201 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3203 return bp_objfile_data;
3207 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3209 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3211 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3212 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3216 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3218 struct objfile *objfile;
3219 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3223 struct breakpoint *b;
3224 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3227 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3229 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3232 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3234 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3236 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3239 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3240 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3243 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3246 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3247 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3249 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3250 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3252 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3254 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3259 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3269 struct program_space *pspace;
3270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3272 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3276 struct objfile *objfile;
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3283 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3286 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3288 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3294 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3298 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3300 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3303 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3304 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3308 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3309 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3315 struct probe *probe;
3316 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3319 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3320 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3324 struct breakpoint *b;
3326 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3328 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3329 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3330 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3336 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3339 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3341 struct breakpoint *b;
3342 const char *func_name;
3345 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3348 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3349 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3351 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3353 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3356 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3357 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3360 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3363 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3364 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3366 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3367 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3371 update_global_location_list (1);
3373 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3376 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3378 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3380 struct program_space *pspace;
3381 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3382 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3384 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3386 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3388 struct objfile *objfile;
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3393 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3395 struct breakpoint *b;
3396 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3398 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3400 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3403 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3405 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3407 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3408 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3409 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3411 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3412 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3415 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3418 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3419 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3420 bp_std_terminate_master,
3421 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3422 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3423 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3427 update_global_location_list (1);
3429 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3432 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3435 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3437 struct objfile *objfile;
3438 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3440 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3442 struct breakpoint *b;
3443 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3444 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3447 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3449 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3450 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3454 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3458 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3459 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3461 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3463 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3464 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3465 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3469 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3470 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3473 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3475 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3477 struct probe *probe;
3480 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3481 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3485 struct breakpoint *b;
3487 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3488 bp_exception_master,
3489 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3490 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3491 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3497 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3499 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3502 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3504 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3506 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3508 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3509 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3511 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3515 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3518 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3519 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3521 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3522 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3523 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3524 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3527 update_global_location_list (1);
3531 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3533 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3534 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3536 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3537 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3538 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3539 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3540 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3541 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3542 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3543 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3544 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3545 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3546 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3550 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3553 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3554 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3556 delete_breakpoint (b);
3560 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3561 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3563 delete_breakpoint (b);
3567 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3568 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3569 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3570 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3571 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3573 delete_breakpoint (b);
3577 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3578 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3580 delete_breakpoint (b);
3584 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3586 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3587 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3588 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3590 delete_breakpoint (b);
3594 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3596 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3597 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3598 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3599 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3603 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3604 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3605 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3606 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3607 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3608 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3610 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3611 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3612 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3613 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3614 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3615 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3616 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3618 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3619 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3620 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3621 let finish_command delete it.
3623 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3624 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3625 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3626 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3627 solib breakpoints.) */
3629 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3634 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3635 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3637 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b);
3643 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3644 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3645 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3646 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3647 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3651 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3653 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3655 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3656 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3658 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3659 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3661 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3662 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3665 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3668 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3669 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3670 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3671 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3672 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3673 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3674 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3678 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3681 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3682 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3684 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3688 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3689 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3690 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3691 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3692 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3695 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3699 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3700 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3702 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3703 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3706 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3707 This should not ever happen. */
3708 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3710 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3711 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3713 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3714 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3715 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3718 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3719 || bl->section == NULL
3720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3722 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3723 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3727 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3728 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3729 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3731 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3732 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3734 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3735 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3736 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3737 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3738 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3740 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3741 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3743 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3744 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3747 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3748 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3749 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3750 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3752 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3753 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3754 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3756 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3757 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3763 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3768 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3769 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3770 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3771 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3776 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3778 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3780 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3781 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3783 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3784 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3786 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3787 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3788 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3791 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3792 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3795 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3796 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3798 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3802 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3809 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3812 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3814 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3815 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3817 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3818 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3821 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3822 This should not ever happen. */
3823 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3825 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3827 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3829 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3831 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3843 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3862 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3863 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3865 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3867 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3869 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3874 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3875 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3876 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3882 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3888 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3890 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3891 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3894 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3896 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3898 case bp_shlib_event:
3900 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3901 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3902 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3903 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3904 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3906 (gdb) file prog-linux
3907 (gdb) run # native linux target
3910 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3911 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3914 case bp_step_resume:
3916 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3918 delete_breakpoint (b);
3922 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3923 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3924 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3928 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3929 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3930 delete_breakpoint (b);
3931 else if (context == inf_starting)
3933 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3934 insert_breakpoints. */
3936 value_free (w->val);
3947 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3948 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3949 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3950 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3953 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3954 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3955 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3956 match, not program space. */
3958 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3959 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3960 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3961 permanent breakpoint.
3962 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3963 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3964 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3965 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3966 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3968 enum breakpoint_here
3969 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3971 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3972 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3974 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3976 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3977 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3980 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3981 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3982 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3983 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3985 if (overlay_debugging
3986 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3987 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3988 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3989 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3990 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3992 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3996 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3999 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4002 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4004 struct bp_location *loc;
4007 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4008 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4014 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4015 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4016 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4017 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4020 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4025 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4027 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4028 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4032 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4034 if (overlay_debugging
4035 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4036 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4037 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4046 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4049 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4051 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4054 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4060 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4064 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4067 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4071 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4075 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4078 if (overlay_debugging
4079 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4080 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4081 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4087 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4088 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4095 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4096 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4098 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4102 struct bp_location *loc;
4104 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4105 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4108 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4111 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4112 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4116 /* Check for intersection. */
4117 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4118 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4126 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4127 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4130 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4134 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4140 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4141 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4144 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4145 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4146 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4149 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4152 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4154 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4155 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4156 it is now time to do so. */
4158 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4159 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4163 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4165 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4166 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4167 it is now time to do so. */
4169 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4170 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4174 if (overlay_debugging
4175 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4176 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4177 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4186 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4190 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4192 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4195 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4199 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4201 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4202 value_free (bs->old_val);
4203 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4204 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4208 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4209 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4212 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4229 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4230 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4233 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4237 bpstat retval = NULL;
4242 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4244 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4245 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4246 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4247 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4248 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4250 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4251 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4255 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4265 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4268 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4273 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4275 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4281 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4284 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4286 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4288 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4290 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4292 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4297 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4306 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4307 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4308 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4309 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4311 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4312 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4314 Return 1 otherwise. */
4317 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4319 struct breakpoint *b;
4322 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4324 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4325 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4326 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4327 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4328 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4330 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4332 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4336 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4339 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4341 struct thread_info *tp;
4344 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4347 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4351 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4353 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4355 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4357 value_free (bs->old_val);
4363 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4366 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4368 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4370 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4372 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4373 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4374 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4375 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4376 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4380 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4383 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4386 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4388 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4391 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4392 or its equivalent. */
4395 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4397 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4398 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4401 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4402 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4403 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4404 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4406 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4407 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4408 bpstat of the current thread. */
4411 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4414 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4417 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4419 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4422 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4423 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4425 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4427 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4430 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4431 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4433 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4434 struct command_line *cmd;
4435 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4437 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4439 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4440 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4441 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4442 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4443 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4444 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4445 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4446 the tree when we're done. */
4447 ccmd = bs->commands;
4448 bs->commands = NULL;
4449 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4450 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4451 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4453 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4459 execute_control_command (cmd);
4461 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4467 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4468 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4470 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4472 if (target_can_async_p ())
4473 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4474 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4475 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4478 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4479 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4480 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4481 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4482 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4483 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4484 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4485 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4486 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4487 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4488 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4489 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4490 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4495 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4500 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4502 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4504 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4505 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4506 && target_has_execution
4507 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4508 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4509 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4510 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4511 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4512 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4513 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4516 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4519 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4522 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4525 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4528 struct value_print_options opts;
4529 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4530 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4534 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4535 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4536 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4537 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4540 static enum print_stop_action
4541 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4543 switch (bs->print_it)
4546 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4551 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4552 relevant messages. */
4553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4556 case print_it_normal:
4558 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4560 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4561 which has since been deleted. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4566 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4571 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4572 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4577 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4580 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4583 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4585 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4589 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4590 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4591 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4593 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4594 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4595 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4598 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4599 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4600 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4604 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4608 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4609 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4612 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4617 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4618 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4619 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4622 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4627 struct so_list *iter;
4629 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4631 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4632 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4635 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4640 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4641 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4642 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4645 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4649 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4650 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4651 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4652 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4653 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4654 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4655 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4658 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4659 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4660 code to print the location. An example is
4661 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4663 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4664 to also print the location part of the message.
4665 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4666 don't require a location appended to the end.
4667 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4668 further info to be printed. */
4670 enum print_stop_action
4671 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4675 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4676 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4677 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4678 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4679 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4681 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4682 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4683 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4684 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4688 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4689 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4690 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4691 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4693 print_solib_event (0);
4694 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4697 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4698 with and nothing was printed. */
4699 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4702 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4703 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4704 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4705 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4706 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4707 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4710 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4712 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4713 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4715 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4719 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4722 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4726 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4728 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4729 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4730 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4731 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4732 incref_bp_location (bl);
4733 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4734 bs->commands = NULL;
4736 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4740 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4741 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4744 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4746 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4748 struct breakpoint *b;
4750 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4752 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4753 as not triggered. */
4755 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4757 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4759 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4765 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4767 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4768 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4770 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4772 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4774 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4780 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4781 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4785 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4787 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4788 struct bp_location *loc;
4790 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4791 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4793 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4795 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4796 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4798 if (newaddr == start)
4800 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4804 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4805 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4809 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4818 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4819 because of check_errors). */
4820 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4821 #define WP_DELETED 1
4822 /* The value has changed. */
4823 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4824 /* The value has not changed. */
4825 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4826 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4829 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4830 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4832 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4835 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4836 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4839 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4841 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4842 struct watchpoint *b;
4843 struct frame_info *fr;
4844 int within_current_scope;
4846 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4847 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4848 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4850 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4851 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4852 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4853 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4856 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4857 within_current_scope = 1;
4860 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4861 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4862 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4864 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4865 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4866 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4867 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4868 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4869 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4870 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4871 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4872 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4873 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4876 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4877 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4879 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4880 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4881 if (within_current_scope)
4883 struct symbol *function;
4885 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4886 if (function == NULL
4887 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4888 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4889 within_current_scope = 0;
4892 if (within_current_scope)
4893 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4894 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4899 if (within_current_scope)
4901 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4902 time before we return to the command level and call
4903 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4904 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4908 struct value *new_val;
4910 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4911 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4912 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4913 a mask watchpoint. */
4914 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4916 mark = value_mark ();
4917 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4919 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4920 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4921 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4922 not what we want. */
4923 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4924 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4926 if (new_val != NULL)
4928 release_value (new_val);
4929 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4931 bs->old_val = b->val;
4934 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4938 /* Nothing changed. */
4939 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4940 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4945 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4947 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4948 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4949 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4950 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4951 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4952 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4953 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4954 the first value assigned). */
4955 /* We print all the stop information in
4956 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4957 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4958 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4962 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4963 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4964 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4966 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4967 which its expression is valid.\n");
4969 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4970 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4971 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4977 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4978 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4979 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4982 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4983 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4984 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4986 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4988 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4989 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4991 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4994 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4995 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4998 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5000 const struct bp_location *bl;
5001 struct watchpoint *b;
5003 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5004 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5005 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5006 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5007 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5010 int must_check_value = 0;
5012 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5013 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5015 must_check_value = 1;
5016 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5017 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5018 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5020 must_check_value = 1;
5021 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5022 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5023 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5024 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5025 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5026 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5027 must_check_value = 1;
5029 if (must_check_value)
5032 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5034 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5035 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5037 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5041 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5042 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5046 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5049 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5050 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5052 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5054 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5055 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5056 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5057 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5058 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5059 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5060 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5063 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5064 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5067 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5068 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5069 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5070 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5072 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5073 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5074 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5077 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5078 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5079 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5080 changes. This still gives false positives when
5081 the program writes the same value to memory as
5082 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5083 it for a read), but it's much better than
5086 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5088 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5090 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5092 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5093 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5094 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5096 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5097 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5099 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5100 == watch_triggered_yes)
5102 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5108 if (other_write_watchpoint
5109 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5111 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5112 and the value changed since the last time we
5113 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5115 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5120 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5121 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5122 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5124 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5125 the value hasn't changed. */
5126 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5134 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5135 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5136 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5137 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5138 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5142 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5144 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5145 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5146 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5147 anything for this watchpoint. */
5148 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5154 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5155 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5156 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5157 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5160 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5162 const struct bp_location *bl;
5163 struct breakpoint *b;
5164 int value_is_zero = 0;
5165 struct expression *cond;
5167 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5169 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5170 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5171 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5172 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5173 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5175 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5176 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5177 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5179 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5180 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5186 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5187 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5189 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5190 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5197 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5199 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5201 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5203 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5210 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5212 int within_current_scope = 1;
5213 struct watchpoint * w;
5215 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5216 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5217 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5218 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5220 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5222 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5223 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5227 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5228 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5229 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5230 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5231 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5233 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5234 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5237 struct frame_info *frame;
5239 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5240 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5241 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5242 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5243 really matter which instantiation of the function
5244 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5245 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5246 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5247 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5248 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5249 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5250 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5251 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5253 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5255 select_frame (frame);
5257 within_current_scope = 0;
5259 if (within_current_scope)
5261 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5262 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5266 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5267 "in the current scope"));
5268 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5269 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5272 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5273 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5276 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5280 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5284 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5286 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5291 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5292 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5294 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5295 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5298 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5300 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5302 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5303 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5304 several reasons concurrently.)
5306 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5307 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5310 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5311 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5312 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5314 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5315 struct bp_location *bl;
5316 struct bp_location *loc;
5317 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5318 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5319 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5322 int need_remove_insert;
5325 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5326 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5327 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5328 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5329 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5330 inferior function calls. */
5334 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5337 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5339 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5340 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5341 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5342 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5343 checked all locations already. */
5344 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5347 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5350 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5353 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5356 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5359 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5360 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5361 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5365 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5366 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5367 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5369 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5371 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5373 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5378 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5380 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5382 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5383 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5386 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5390 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5391 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5392 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5394 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5396 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5398 handle_solib_event ();
5403 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5404 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5405 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5409 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5414 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5415 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5418 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5423 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5425 /* We will stop here. */
5426 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5428 --(b->enable_count);
5429 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5430 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5431 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5436 bs->commands = b->commands;
5437 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5438 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5439 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5442 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5447 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5449 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5450 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5453 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5454 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5455 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5457 need_remove_insert = 0;
5458 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5459 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5461 && bs->breakpoint_at
5462 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5464 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5466 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5467 need_remove_insert = 1;
5470 if (need_remove_insert)
5471 update_global_location_list (1);
5472 else if (removed_any)
5473 update_global_location_list (0);
5479 handle_jit_event (void)
5481 struct frame_info *frame;
5482 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5484 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5485 breakpoint_re_set. */
5486 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5488 frame = get_current_frame ();
5489 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5491 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5493 target_terminal_inferior ();
5496 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5498 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5501 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5503 struct bpstat_what retval;
5507 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5508 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5509 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5511 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5513 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5514 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5515 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5518 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5520 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5521 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5525 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5532 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5535 case bp_shlib_event:
5539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5541 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5544 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5547 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5548 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5549 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5553 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5555 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5559 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5560 This requires no further action. */
5564 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5566 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5567 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5569 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5570 case bp_exception_resume:
5571 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5572 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5574 case bp_step_resume:
5576 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5579 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5580 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5583 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5588 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5589 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5592 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5593 case bp_thread_event:
5594 case bp_overlay_event:
5595 case bp_longjmp_master:
5596 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5597 case bp_exception_master:
5598 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5604 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5606 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5610 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5611 This requires no further action. */
5616 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5619 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5620 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5621 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5622 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5624 case bp_std_terminate:
5625 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5626 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5627 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5628 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5631 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5632 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5633 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5634 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5636 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5637 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5639 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5640 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5641 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5643 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5644 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5645 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5646 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5651 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5653 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5657 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5658 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5661 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5664 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5665 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5670 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5672 handle_jit_event ();
5675 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5677 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5683 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5684 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5686 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5687 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5695 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5696 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5697 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5700 bpstat_should_step (void)
5702 struct breakpoint *b;
5705 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5711 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5713 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5722 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5723 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5724 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5727 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5729 static char wrap_indent[80];
5730 int i, total_width, width, align;
5734 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5736 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5738 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5739 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5740 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5745 total_width += width + 1;
5751 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5752 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5754 "host": Host evals condition.
5755 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5756 "target": Target evals condition.
5760 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5762 struct bp_location *bl;
5763 char host_evals = 0;
5764 char target_evals = 0;
5769 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5772 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5773 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5774 return condition_evaluation_host;
5776 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5778 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5784 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5785 return condition_evaluation_both;
5786 else if (target_evals)
5787 return condition_evaluation_target;
5789 return condition_evaluation_host;
5792 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5793 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5796 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5798 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5801 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5802 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5803 return condition_evaluation_host;
5805 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5806 return condition_evaluation_target;
5808 return condition_evaluation_host;
5811 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5814 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5815 struct bp_location *loc)
5817 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5818 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5820 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5824 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5826 if (b->display_canonical)
5827 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5828 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5831 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5834 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5836 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5837 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5838 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5839 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5842 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5843 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5846 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5847 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5849 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5853 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5854 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5856 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5858 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5860 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5863 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5865 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5866 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5867 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5869 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5871 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5872 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5875 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5879 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5881 struct ep_type_description
5886 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5888 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5889 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5890 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5891 {bp_until, "until"},
5892 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5893 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5894 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5895 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5896 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5897 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5898 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5899 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5900 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5901 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5902 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5903 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5904 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5905 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5906 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5907 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5908 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5909 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5910 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5911 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5912 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5913 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5914 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5915 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5916 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5917 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5918 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5919 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5920 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5923 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5924 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5925 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5926 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5929 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5932 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5933 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5936 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5937 const char *field_name,
5941 struct cleanup *back_to;
5942 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5946 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5947 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5948 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5951 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5953 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5959 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5960 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5973 do_cleanups (back_to);
5976 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5979 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5980 struct bp_location *loc,
5982 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5985 struct command_line *l;
5986 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5988 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5989 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5990 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5991 struct value_print_options opts;
5993 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5995 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5996 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5997 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6000 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6001 header_of_multiple = 1;
6009 if (part_of_multiple)
6012 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6013 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6018 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6023 if (part_of_multiple)
6024 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6030 if (part_of_multiple)
6031 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6033 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6038 if (part_of_multiple)
6039 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6041 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6042 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6043 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6047 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6049 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6050 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6051 make sure there's just one location. */
6052 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6053 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6059 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6060 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6064 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6065 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6066 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6068 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6070 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6071 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6072 is relatively readable). */
6073 if (opts.addressprint)
6074 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6081 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6085 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6086 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6088 case bp_exception_resume:
6089 case bp_step_resume:
6090 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6091 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6093 case bp_std_terminate:
6094 case bp_shlib_event:
6095 case bp_thread_event:
6096 case bp_overlay_event:
6097 case bp_longjmp_master:
6098 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6099 case bp_exception_master:
6101 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6102 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6105 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6106 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6107 if (opts.addressprint)
6110 if (header_of_multiple)
6111 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6112 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6113 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6115 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6116 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6119 if (!header_of_multiple)
6120 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6127 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6129 struct inferior *inf;
6130 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6135 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6136 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6139 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6140 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6142 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6143 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6144 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6145 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6146 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6147 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6149 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6150 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6153 if (!part_of_multiple)
6155 if (b->thread != -1)
6157 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6158 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6159 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6160 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6162 else if (b->task != 0)
6164 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6165 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6171 if (!part_of_multiple)
6172 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6174 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6177 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6178 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6180 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6181 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6182 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6185 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6188 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6194 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6195 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6196 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6197 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6198 == condition_evaluation_target)
6200 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6202 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6203 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6205 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6208 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6210 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6211 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6212 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6213 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6216 if (!part_of_multiple)
6220 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6221 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6222 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6223 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6224 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6226 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6227 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6228 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6229 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6230 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6232 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6236 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6237 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6238 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6242 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6246 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6247 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6250 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6251 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6252 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6253 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6256 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6257 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6258 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6259 if (b->ignore_count)
6260 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6262 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6264 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6267 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6269 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6271 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6273 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6274 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6275 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6279 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6280 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6282 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6285 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6286 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6287 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6290 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6292 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6294 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6296 annotate_field (10);
6297 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6298 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6299 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6302 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6304 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6306 annotate_field (11);
6308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6310 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6314 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6316 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6317 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6322 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6324 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6326 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6328 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6330 else if (b->addr_string)
6331 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6336 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6337 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6340 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6343 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6345 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6346 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6348 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6349 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6350 locations, if any. */
6351 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6353 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6354 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6355 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6358 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6359 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6361 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6362 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6364 struct bp_location *loc;
6367 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6369 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6370 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6371 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6372 do_cleanups (inner2);
6379 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6381 int print_address_bits = 0;
6382 struct bp_location *loc;
6384 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6388 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6389 an address to print. */
6390 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6393 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6394 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6395 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6398 return print_address_bits;
6401 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6407 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6409 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6410 struct breakpoint *b;
6411 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6415 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6417 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6425 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6426 char **error_message)
6428 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6431 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6433 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6434 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6440 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6441 internal or momentary. */
6444 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6446 return b->number > 0;
6449 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6450 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6451 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6452 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6453 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6454 breakpoints listed. */
6457 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6458 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6460 struct breakpoint *b;
6461 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6462 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6463 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6464 struct value_print_options opts;
6465 int print_address_bits = 0;
6466 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6467 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6469 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6471 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6472 required for address fields. */
6473 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6476 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6477 if (filter && !filter (b))
6480 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6481 accept. Skip the others. */
6482 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6484 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6486 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6490 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6492 int addr_bit, type_len;
6494 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6495 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6496 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6498 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6499 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6500 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6502 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6506 if (opts.addressprint)
6508 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6509 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6513 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6514 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6518 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6519 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6521 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6524 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6525 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6528 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6532 if (opts.addressprint)
6534 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6536 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6537 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6538 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6540 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6541 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6543 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6545 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6546 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6548 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6553 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6554 if (filter && !filter (b))
6557 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6558 accept. Skip the others. */
6560 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6562 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6564 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6567 else /* all others */
6569 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6573 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6575 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6576 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6579 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6581 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6583 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6587 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6588 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6590 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6591 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6597 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6598 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6601 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6602 there have been breakpoints? */
6603 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6605 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6608 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6609 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6612 default_collect_info (void)
6614 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6616 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6617 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6619 if (!*default_collect)
6622 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6624 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6626 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6630 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6632 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6634 default_collect_info ();
6638 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6640 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6641 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6643 if (num_printed == 0)
6645 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6646 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6648 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6653 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6655 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6657 default_collect_info ();
6661 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6662 struct program_space *pspace,
6663 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6665 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6667 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6669 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6670 && bl->address == pc
6671 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6677 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6678 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6682 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6683 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6684 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6687 struct breakpoint *b;
6690 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6691 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6695 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6696 else /* if (others == ???) */
6697 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6699 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6702 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6703 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6704 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6705 else if (b->thread != -1)
6706 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6707 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6708 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6709 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6711 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6715 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6717 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6718 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6719 printf_filtered (".\n");
6724 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6725 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6726 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6727 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6729 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6730 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6731 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6732 breakpoint at address zero:
6740 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6742 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6744 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6747 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6748 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6751 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6752 struct bp_location *loc2)
6754 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6755 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6757 /* Both of them must exist. */
6758 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6759 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6761 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6762 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6763 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6764 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6765 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6766 other watchpoint. */
6768 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6770 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6773 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6775 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6779 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6780 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6781 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6782 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6783 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6784 become hw_access locations later. */
6785 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6786 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6787 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6788 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6791 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6792 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6793 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6794 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6797 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6798 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6800 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6801 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6805 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6806 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6807 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6808 space doesn't really matter. */
6811 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6812 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6815 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6816 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6817 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6820 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6821 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6822 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6823 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6826 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6827 struct address_space *aspace,
6830 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6833 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6834 bl->address, bl->length,
6838 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6839 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6840 true, otherwise returns false. */
6843 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6844 struct bp_location *loc2)
6846 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6847 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6848 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6849 different locations. */
6850 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6855 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6856 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6857 represent the same location. */
6860 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6861 struct bp_location *loc2)
6863 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6865 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6866 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6867 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6869 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6870 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6872 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6875 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6876 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6877 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6879 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6880 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6881 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6882 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6886 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6887 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6889 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6890 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6894 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6895 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6897 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6898 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6900 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6903 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6904 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6905 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6906 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6909 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6910 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6912 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6914 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6917 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6918 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6919 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6920 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6921 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6923 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6924 have their addresses modified. */
6929 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6931 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6932 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6933 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6935 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6936 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6938 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6939 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6941 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6946 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6947 struct breakpoint *owner)
6949 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6951 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6956 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6957 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6960 switch (owner->type)
6966 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6967 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6969 case bp_exception_resume:
6970 case bp_step_resume:
6971 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6972 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6974 case bp_std_terminate:
6975 case bp_shlib_event:
6976 case bp_thread_event:
6977 case bp_overlay_event:
6979 case bp_longjmp_master:
6980 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6981 case bp_exception_master:
6982 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6983 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6985 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6986 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6988 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6989 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6990 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6992 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6993 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6994 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6995 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7000 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7001 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7002 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7005 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7011 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7013 static struct bp_location *
7014 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7016 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7020 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7022 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7026 /* Increment reference count. */
7029 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7034 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7035 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7038 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7040 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7042 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7043 free_bp_location (*blp);
7047 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7050 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7052 struct breakpoint *b1;
7054 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7055 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7057 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7059 breakpoint_chain = b;
7068 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7071 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7072 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7074 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7076 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7078 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7082 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7083 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7084 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7086 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7089 b->ignore_count = 0;
7091 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7092 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7093 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7094 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7097 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7098 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7100 static struct breakpoint *
7101 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7103 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7105 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7107 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7108 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7112 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7113 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7117 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7119 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7121 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7122 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7123 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7126 const char *function_name;
7127 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7129 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7130 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7132 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7134 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7136 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7137 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7138 &loc->requested_address))
7140 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7141 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7142 loc->requested_address,
7145 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7146 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7148 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7149 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7150 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7151 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7153 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7158 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7162 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7164 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7167 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7169 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7174 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7175 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7176 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7178 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7179 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7180 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7183 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7184 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7185 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7187 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7189 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7191 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7192 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7194 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7195 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7197 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7198 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7201 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7202 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7203 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7204 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7205 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7206 is also returned as the value of this function.
7208 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7209 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7210 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7211 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7212 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7213 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7214 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7217 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7218 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7219 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7221 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7223 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7224 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7229 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7230 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7232 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7234 struct bp_location *bl;
7236 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7238 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7239 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7240 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7241 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7242 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7243 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7247 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7248 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7249 initiated the operation. */
7252 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7254 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7255 int thread = tp->num;
7257 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7258 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7259 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7260 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7262 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7263 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7264 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7266 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7267 struct breakpoint *clone;
7269 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7270 after their removal. */
7271 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7272 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7273 clone->thread = thread;
7276 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7279 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7281 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7283 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7286 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7288 if (b->thread == thread)
7289 delete_breakpoint (b);
7294 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7296 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7298 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7299 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7301 if (b->thread == thread)
7302 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7306 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7307 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7308 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7312 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7314 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7317 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7319 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7321 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7322 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7323 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7325 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7327 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7330 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7331 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7332 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7333 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7339 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7340 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7343 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7344 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7348 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7350 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7353 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7355 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7357 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7358 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7359 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7360 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7363 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7365 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7367 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7368 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7369 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7371 delete_breakpoint (b);
7376 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7378 struct breakpoint *b;
7381 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7383 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7384 update_global_location_list (1);
7385 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7390 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7392 struct breakpoint *b;
7395 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7397 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7398 update_global_location_list (0);
7399 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7403 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7404 master breakpoint. */
7406 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7411 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7412 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7414 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7415 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7419 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7421 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7423 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7426 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7427 delete_breakpoint (b);
7431 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7433 struct breakpoint *b;
7435 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7436 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7438 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7439 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7441 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7443 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7449 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7451 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7454 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7455 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7456 delete_breakpoint (b);
7459 struct lang_and_radix
7465 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7468 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7470 struct breakpoint *b;
7472 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7473 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7474 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7478 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7481 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7483 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7486 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7487 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7488 delete_breakpoint (b);
7492 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7494 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7497 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7498 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7499 delete_breakpoint (b);
7503 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7505 struct breakpoint *b;
7507 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7508 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7509 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7513 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7514 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7517 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7519 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7521 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7523 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7524 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7526 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7527 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7528 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7529 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7530 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7531 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7532 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7533 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7534 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7535 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7536 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7537 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7540 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7545 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7546 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7547 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7550 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7552 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7553 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7555 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7556 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7557 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7558 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7559 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7560 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7563 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7565 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7566 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7568 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7569 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7570 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7571 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7572 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7573 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7574 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7575 || is_tracepoint (b))
7576 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7578 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7579 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7580 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7581 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7584 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7585 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7587 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7589 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7590 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7591 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7594 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7599 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7600 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7601 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7604 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7606 struct breakpoint *b;
7608 if (objfile == NULL)
7611 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7612 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7613 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7614 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7619 struct bp_location *loc;
7620 int bp_modified = 0;
7622 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7625 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7627 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7629 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7630 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7633 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7636 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7639 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7640 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7643 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7645 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7648 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7655 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7659 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7661 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7662 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7663 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7664 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7665 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7667 struct fork_catchpoint
7669 /* The base class. */
7670 struct breakpoint base;
7672 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7673 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7674 catchpoint has triggered. */
7675 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7678 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7682 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7684 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7687 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7691 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7693 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7696 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7700 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7701 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7702 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7704 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7706 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7709 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7713 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7716 static enum print_stop_action
7717 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7719 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7720 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7721 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7723 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7724 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7725 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7727 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7728 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7730 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7731 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7734 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7735 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7736 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7737 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7738 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7741 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7745 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7747 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7748 struct value_print_options opts;
7749 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7751 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7753 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7754 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7756 if (opts.addressprint)
7757 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7759 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7760 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7762 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7763 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7764 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7765 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7768 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7769 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7772 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7776 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7778 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7781 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7785 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7787 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7788 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7791 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7793 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7795 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7799 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7801 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7804 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7808 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7810 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7813 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7817 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7818 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7819 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7821 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7823 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7826 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7830 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7833 static enum print_stop_action
7834 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7836 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7837 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7838 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7840 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7841 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7842 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7844 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7848 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7849 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7851 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7852 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7853 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7854 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7855 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7858 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7862 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7864 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7865 struct value_print_options opts;
7866 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7868 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7869 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7870 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7872 if (opts.addressprint)
7873 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7875 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7876 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7878 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7879 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7880 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7881 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7884 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7885 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7888 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7892 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7894 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7897 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7901 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7904 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7907 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7909 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7911 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7912 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7913 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7914 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7915 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7917 struct solib_catchpoint
7919 /* The base class. */
7920 struct breakpoint base;
7922 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7923 unsigned char is_load;
7925 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7926 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7932 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7934 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7937 regfree (&self->compiled);
7938 xfree (self->regex);
7940 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7944 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7950 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7956 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7957 struct address_space *aspace,
7959 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7961 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7962 struct breakpoint *other;
7964 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7969 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7971 if (other == bl->owner)
7974 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7977 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7980 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7982 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7991 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7993 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7994 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7999 struct so_list *iter;
8002 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8007 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8016 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8021 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8027 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8030 static enum print_stop_action
8031 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8033 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8034 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8036 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8037 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8040 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8041 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8044 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8045 print_solib_event (1);
8046 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8050 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8052 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8053 struct value_print_options opts;
8054 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8057 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8058 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8059 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8061 if (opts.addressprint)
8064 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8071 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8073 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8078 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8080 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8085 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8086 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8087 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8091 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8093 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8095 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8096 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8100 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8102 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8105 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8106 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8112 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8114 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8115 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8116 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8117 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8118 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8119 created in an enabled state. */
8122 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8124 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8125 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8126 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8130 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8132 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8133 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8139 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8142 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8144 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8145 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8147 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8150 c->is_load = is_load;
8151 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8152 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8154 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8156 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8157 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8160 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8164 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8165 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8168 const int enabled = 1;
8170 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8172 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8176 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8177 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8179 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8183 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8184 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8186 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8189 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8190 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8191 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8192 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8193 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8195 struct syscall_catchpoint
8197 /* The base class. */
8198 struct breakpoint base;
8200 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8201 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8202 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8203 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8204 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8207 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8211 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8213 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8215 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8217 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8220 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8222 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8224 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8225 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8226 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8228 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8229 int any_syscall_count;
8231 /* Count of each system call. */
8232 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8234 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8235 if any catching is necessary. */
8236 int total_syscalls_count;
8239 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8240 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8242 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8244 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8245 if (inf_data == NULL)
8247 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8248 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8255 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8261 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8265 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8267 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8268 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8269 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8270 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8272 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8273 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8274 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8280 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8285 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8287 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8288 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8289 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8291 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8292 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8293 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8295 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8296 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8298 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8299 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8303 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8304 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8305 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8307 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8309 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8312 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8316 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8318 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8319 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8320 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8321 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8323 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8324 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8325 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8331 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8335 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8336 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8338 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8339 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8343 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8344 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8345 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8347 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8349 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8352 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8356 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8357 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8358 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8360 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8361 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8362 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8363 int syscall_number = 0;
8364 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8365 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8367 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8368 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8371 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8373 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8374 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8379 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8381 if (syscall_number == iter)
8390 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8393 static enum print_stop_action
8394 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8396 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8397 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8398 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8399 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8400 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8401 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8403 struct target_waitstatus last;
8406 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8408 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8410 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8412 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8418 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8419 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8420 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8421 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8424 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8426 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8427 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8429 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8431 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8432 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8434 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8436 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8438 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8441 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8445 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8446 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8448 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8449 struct value_print_options opts;
8450 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8452 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8453 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8454 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8456 if (opts.addressprint)
8457 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8460 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8461 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8462 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8464 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8466 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8469 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8472 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8477 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8480 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8482 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8484 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8485 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8489 /* Remove the last comma. */
8490 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8491 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8494 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8495 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8497 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8501 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8505 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8507 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8509 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8513 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8514 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8516 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8519 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8523 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8526 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8528 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8530 printf_filtered (")");
8533 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8537 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8541 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8543 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8545 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8547 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8552 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8557 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8559 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8561 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8564 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8567 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8569 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8571 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8574 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8576 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8579 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8580 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8581 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8582 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8585 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8586 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8588 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8590 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8593 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8595 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8597 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8598 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8602 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8604 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8605 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8606 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8607 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8610 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8613 update_global_location_list (1);
8617 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8618 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8619 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8621 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8623 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8625 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8627 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8630 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8632 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8633 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8634 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8635 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8636 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8638 struct exec_catchpoint
8640 /* The base class. */
8641 struct breakpoint base;
8643 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8644 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8646 char *exec_pathname;
8649 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8653 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8655 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8657 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8659 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8663 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8665 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8669 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8671 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8675 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8676 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8677 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8679 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8681 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8684 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8688 static enum print_stop_action
8689 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8691 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8692 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8693 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8695 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8696 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8707 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8709 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8711 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8715 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8717 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8718 struct value_print_options opts;
8719 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8721 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8723 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8724 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8725 is relatively readable). */
8726 if (opts.addressprint)
8727 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8729 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8730 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8732 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8734 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8737 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8742 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8744 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8747 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8751 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8754 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8757 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8760 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8761 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8763 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8764 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8766 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8767 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8768 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8770 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8774 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8777 struct breakpoint *b;
8778 struct bp_location *bl;
8782 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8783 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8785 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8787 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8794 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8798 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8801 struct bp_location *bl;
8803 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8806 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8808 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8810 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8816 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8817 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8818 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8819 types _not_ TYPE. */
8822 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8823 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8826 struct breakpoint *b;
8828 *other_type_used = 0;
8833 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8836 if (b->type == type)
8837 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8838 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8839 *other_type_used = 1;
8846 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8848 struct breakpoint *b;
8852 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8854 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8855 update_global_location_list (0);
8861 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8863 struct breakpoint *b;
8867 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8869 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8870 update_global_location_list (1);
8876 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8878 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8879 update_global_location_list (0);
8883 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8885 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8886 breakpoint_re_set ();
8890 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8891 at address specified by SAL.
8892 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8895 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8896 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8898 struct breakpoint *b;
8900 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8902 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8904 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8905 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8906 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8907 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8909 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8910 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8912 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8913 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8915 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8920 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8921 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8924 static struct breakpoint *
8925 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8927 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8929 struct breakpoint *copy;
8931 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8932 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8933 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8935 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8936 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8937 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8938 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8939 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8940 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8941 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8942 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8943 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8944 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8945 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8947 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8948 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8949 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8951 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8955 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8959 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8961 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8965 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8969 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8972 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8974 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8976 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8977 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8979 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8983 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8986 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8988 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8989 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8991 printf_filtered ("\n");
8995 static struct bp_location *
8996 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8997 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8999 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9000 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9001 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9003 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9004 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9006 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9007 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9008 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9009 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9010 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9011 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9012 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9015 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9016 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9017 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9018 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9023 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9024 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9025 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9026 loc->probe = sal->probe;
9027 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9028 loc->section = sal->section;
9029 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9030 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9031 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9033 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9034 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9039 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9040 return 0 otherwise. */
9043 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9047 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9048 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9049 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9052 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9054 addr = loc->address;
9055 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9057 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9061 target_mem = alloca (len);
9063 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9064 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9065 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9066 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9068 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9069 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9071 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9072 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9075 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9080 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9081 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9084 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9086 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9087 char *printf_line = NULL;
9092 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9094 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9096 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9098 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9100 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9101 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9103 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9104 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9105 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9107 if (!dprintf_function)
9108 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9110 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9111 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9116 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9120 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9122 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9123 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9126 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9127 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9131 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9132 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9134 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9135 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9137 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9138 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9140 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9141 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9142 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9143 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9144 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9145 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9147 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9151 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9152 current style settings. */
9155 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9156 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9158 struct breakpoint *b;
9162 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9163 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9167 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9168 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9169 as condition expression. */
9172 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9173 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9174 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9176 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9177 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9178 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9179 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9180 int display_canonical)
9184 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9186 int target_resources_ok;
9188 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9189 target_resources_ok =
9190 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9192 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9193 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9194 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9195 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9198 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9200 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9202 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9203 struct bp_location *loc;
9207 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9209 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9211 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9212 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9217 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9221 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9222 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9223 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9224 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9225 b->disposition = disposition;
9227 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9228 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9230 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9232 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9233 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9235 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9237 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9238 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9239 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9243 p = skip_spaces (p);
9245 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9247 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9248 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9250 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9252 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9254 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9256 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9257 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9259 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9261 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9264 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9265 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9272 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9273 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9277 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9278 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9282 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9284 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9285 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9287 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9290 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9291 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9292 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9294 if (b->extra_string)
9295 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9297 error (_("Format string required"));
9299 else if (b->extra_string)
9300 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9303 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9305 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9307 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9310 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9315 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9316 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9317 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9319 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9320 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9321 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9322 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9323 int display_canonical)
9325 struct breakpoint *b;
9326 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9328 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9330 struct tracepoint *t;
9332 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9336 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9338 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9340 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9342 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9344 thread, task, ignore_count,
9346 enabled, internal, flags,
9348 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9350 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9353 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9354 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9355 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9356 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9357 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9358 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9359 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9360 we take just a single condition string.
9362 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9363 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9364 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9365 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9366 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9369 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9370 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9371 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9372 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9373 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9374 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9375 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9378 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9380 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9381 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9383 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9385 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9386 'break', without arguments. */
9387 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9388 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9390 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9391 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9393 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9394 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9397 cond_string, extra_string,
9399 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9400 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9401 canonical->special_display);
9402 discard_cleanups (inner);
9406 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9407 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9408 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9409 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9411 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9412 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9415 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9416 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9418 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9420 if ((*address) == NULL
9421 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9423 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9425 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9427 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9428 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9431 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9432 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9433 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9435 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9436 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9437 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9438 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9439 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9440 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9442 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9444 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9445 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9446 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9447 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9448 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9450 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9452 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9453 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9454 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9456 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9459 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9463 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9465 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9466 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9467 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9468 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9470 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9471 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9472 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9474 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9475 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9476 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9477 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9478 get_last_displayed_line (),
9479 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9481 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9482 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9487 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9488 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9491 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9495 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9496 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9499 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9500 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9501 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9502 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9503 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9507 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9508 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9511 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9513 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9515 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9517 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9519 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9521 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9522 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9523 associated with SAL. */
9526 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9528 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9531 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9532 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9534 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9538 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9540 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9541 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9543 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9546 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9547 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9548 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9549 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9550 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9551 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9554 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9555 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9558 *cond_string = NULL;
9565 const char *end_tok;
9567 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9568 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9570 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9572 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9574 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9578 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9580 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9582 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9584 struct expression *expr;
9586 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9587 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9590 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9592 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9597 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9599 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9600 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9601 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9604 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9609 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9611 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9612 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9613 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9618 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9622 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9626 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9628 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9629 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9631 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9632 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9633 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9634 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9639 p = skip_spaces (p);
9641 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9643 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9644 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9646 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9647 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9648 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9650 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9651 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9653 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9655 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9657 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9659 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9661 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9662 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9664 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9667 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9673 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9674 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9675 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9676 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9677 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9678 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9679 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9680 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9681 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9682 was created; false otherwise. */
9685 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9686 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9687 int thread, char *extra_string,
9689 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9691 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9692 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9693 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9696 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9697 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9698 char *addr_start = arg;
9699 struct linespec_result canonical;
9700 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9701 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9704 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9706 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9708 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9710 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9712 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9713 addr_start, ©_arg);
9716 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9720 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9726 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9728 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9731 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9732 throw_exception (e);
9734 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9736 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9737 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9738 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9739 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9740 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9743 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9744 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9745 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9746 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9748 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9750 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9751 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9752 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9753 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9754 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9756 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9760 throw_exception (e);
9764 throw_exception (e);
9767 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9768 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9770 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9771 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9772 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9773 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9774 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9776 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9777 are ok for the target. */
9781 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9783 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9784 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9787 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9788 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9791 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9793 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9794 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9797 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9798 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9805 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9807 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9809 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9810 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9811 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9812 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9814 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9815 &thread, &task, &rest);
9817 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9819 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9821 extra_string = rest;
9826 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9828 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9831 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9832 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9834 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9837 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9838 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9842 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9843 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9844 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9845 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9846 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9850 struct breakpoint *b;
9852 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9854 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9856 struct tracepoint *t;
9858 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9862 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9864 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9866 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9868 b->cond_string = NULL;
9871 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9874 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9875 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9877 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9879 b->extra_string = NULL;
9880 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9881 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9882 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9883 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9884 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9885 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9886 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9888 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9891 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9893 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9894 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9895 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9898 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9900 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9901 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9902 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9904 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9905 update_global_location_list (1);
9910 /* Set a breakpoint.
9911 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9912 condition, and thread.
9913 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9914 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9918 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9920 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9921 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9922 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9924 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9925 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9927 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9928 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9929 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9931 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9933 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9935 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9936 tempflag, type_wanted,
9937 0 /* Ignore count */,
9938 pending_break_support,
9946 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9949 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9953 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9955 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9956 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9957 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9960 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9961 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9962 if (sal->explicit_line)
9963 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9966 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9968 struct blockvector *bv;
9972 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9975 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9978 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9979 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9983 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9984 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9985 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9986 happen in assembly source). */
9988 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9989 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9991 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9993 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9995 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10004 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10006 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10010 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10012 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10016 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10018 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10022 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10024 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10028 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10030 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10031 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10032 stop at <line>\n"));
10036 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10040 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10042 else if (*arg != '*')
10044 char *argptr = arg;
10047 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10048 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10049 function/method name. */
10050 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10052 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10057 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10059 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10063 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10065 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10069 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10073 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10077 char *argptr = arg;
10080 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10081 it is probably a line number. */
10082 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10084 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10089 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10091 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10095 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10097 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10100 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10101 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10102 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10106 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10108 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10110 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10112 0 /* Ignore count */,
10113 pending_break_support,
10114 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10122 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10124 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10127 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10128 ranged breakpoints. */
10131 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10132 struct address_space *aspace,
10134 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10136 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10137 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10140 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10141 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10144 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10145 ranged breakpoints. */
10148 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10150 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10153 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10154 ranged breakpoints. */
10156 static enum print_stop_action
10157 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10159 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10160 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10161 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10163 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10165 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10166 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10168 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10169 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10170 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10173 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10175 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10176 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10179 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10180 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10182 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10185 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10186 ranged breakpoints. */
10189 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10190 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10192 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10193 struct value_print_options opts;
10194 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10196 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10197 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10199 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10201 if (opts.addressprint)
10202 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10203 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10204 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10205 annotate_field (5);
10206 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10210 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10211 ranged breakpoints. */
10214 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10215 struct ui_out *uiout)
10217 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10218 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10219 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10220 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10224 address_start = bl->address;
10225 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10228 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10229 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10230 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10231 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10234 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10237 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10238 ranged breakpoints. */
10241 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10243 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10244 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10247 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10249 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10252 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10253 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10254 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10257 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10258 ranged breakpoints. */
10261 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10263 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10264 b->addr_string_range_end);
10265 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10268 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10270 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10272 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10273 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10274 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10275 last instruction of the given line. */
10278 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10282 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10283 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10284 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10291 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10293 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10295 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10302 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10305 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10307 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10308 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10309 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10311 struct breakpoint *b;
10312 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10313 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10314 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10316 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10317 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10318 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10320 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10321 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10322 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10324 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10325 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10327 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10328 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10329 error(_("No address range specified."));
10331 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10334 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10336 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10339 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10340 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10341 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10343 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10345 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10346 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10347 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10349 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10350 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10351 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10353 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10354 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10356 /* Parse the end location. */
10358 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10361 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10362 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10363 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10364 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10365 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10366 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10367 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10368 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10370 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10372 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10373 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10375 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10376 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10377 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10378 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10380 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10381 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10382 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10384 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10385 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10386 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10388 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10390 /* Length overflowed. */
10391 error (_("Address range too large."));
10392 else if (length == 1)
10394 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10395 the `hbreak' command. */
10396 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10398 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10403 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10404 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10405 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10406 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10407 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10408 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10409 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10410 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10411 b->loc->length = length;
10413 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10416 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10417 update_global_location_list (1);
10420 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10421 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10422 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10426 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10428 int i = exp->nelts;
10434 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10435 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10438 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10448 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10449 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10450 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10451 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10452 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10454 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10483 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10486 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10487 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10492 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10493 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10494 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10495 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10496 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10497 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10498 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10500 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10501 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10506 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10508 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10509 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10510 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10511 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10513 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10514 are always constant. */
10516 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10518 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10519 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10520 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10525 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10526 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10527 then it is not a constant. */
10536 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10539 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10541 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10543 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10545 xfree (w->exp_string);
10546 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10547 value_free (w->val);
10549 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10552 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10555 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10557 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10559 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10560 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10562 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10563 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10564 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10565 are loaded and unloaded.
10567 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10568 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10569 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10570 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10571 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10572 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10574 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10575 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10576 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10577 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10579 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10580 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10582 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10583 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10584 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10587 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10590 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10592 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10593 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10595 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10599 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10602 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10604 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10605 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10607 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10612 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10613 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10614 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10616 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10619 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10620 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10621 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10622 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10623 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10624 (did not match the data address). */
10625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10626 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10633 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10635 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10637 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10640 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10641 hardware watchpoints. */
10644 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10646 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10647 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10649 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10652 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10653 hardware watchpoints. */
10656 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10658 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10659 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10662 static enum print_stop_action
10663 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10666 struct breakpoint *b;
10667 struct ui_file *stb;
10668 enum print_stop_action result;
10669 struct watchpoint *w;
10670 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10672 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10674 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10675 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10677 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10678 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10682 case bp_watchpoint:
10683 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10684 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10685 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10686 ui_out_field_string
10688 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10690 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10691 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10692 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10693 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10694 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10695 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10696 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10698 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10699 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10702 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10703 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10704 ui_out_field_string
10706 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10708 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10710 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10711 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10712 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10713 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10716 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10717 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10719 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10720 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10721 ui_out_field_string
10723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10725 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10726 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10727 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10729 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10734 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10735 ui_out_field_string
10737 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10738 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10741 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10742 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10743 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10744 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10747 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10750 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10754 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10758 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10760 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10761 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10762 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10766 case bp_watchpoint:
10767 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10768 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10772 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10774 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10778 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10784 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10787 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10788 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10789 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10790 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10797 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10799 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10803 case bp_watchpoint:
10804 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10805 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10810 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10814 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10815 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10819 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10822 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10826 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10828 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10829 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10830 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10836 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10838 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10840 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10841 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10844 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10846 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10848 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10849 bl->watchpoint_type);
10852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10853 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10856 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10858 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10860 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10861 bl->watchpoint_type);
10864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10865 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10868 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10870 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10872 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10875 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10876 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10879 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10884 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10885 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10887 static enum print_stop_action
10888 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10890 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10891 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10893 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10894 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10898 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10899 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10901 ui_out_field_string
10903 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10906 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10908 ui_out_field_string
10910 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10913 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10914 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10915 ui_out_field_string
10917 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10920 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10921 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10925 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10926 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10927 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10928 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10930 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10931 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10934 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10935 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10938 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10939 struct ui_out *uiout)
10941 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10943 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10944 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10946 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10947 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10948 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10951 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10952 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10955 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10958 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10959 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10964 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10965 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10967 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10968 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10969 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10971 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10972 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10973 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10976 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10977 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10980 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10981 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10983 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10987 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10990 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10992 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10997 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11000 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11001 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11003 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11004 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11007 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11008 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11011 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11013 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11016 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11018 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11020 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11023 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11025 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11028 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11029 hw_read: watch read,
11030 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11032 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11033 int just_location, int internal)
11035 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11036 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11037 struct expression *exp;
11038 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11039 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11040 struct frame_info *frame;
11041 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11042 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11043 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11045 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11046 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11047 enum bptype bp_type;
11050 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11051 the hardware watchpoint. */
11053 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11054 struct watchpoint *w;
11056 struct cleanup *back_to;
11058 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11059 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11061 const char *value_start;
11063 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11065 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11066 of the arguments string. */
11067 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11069 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11070 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11073 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11074 This is the value of the parameter. */
11075 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11077 value_start = tok + 1;
11079 /* Skip whitespace. */
11080 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11085 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11086 This is the parameter itself. */
11087 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11090 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11092 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11094 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11095 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11096 only in a specific thread. */
11100 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11102 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11103 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11105 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11107 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11108 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11110 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11111 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11112 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11114 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11116 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11117 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11119 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11122 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11124 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11126 mark = value_mark ();
11127 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11128 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11129 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11132 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11135 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11136 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11143 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11144 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11146 innermost_block = NULL;
11147 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11148 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11149 exp_start = arg = expression;
11150 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11152 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11153 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11155 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11158 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11159 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11163 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11164 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11166 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11169 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11170 mark = value_mark ();
11171 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11177 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11178 val = value_addr (result);
11179 release_value (val);
11180 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11184 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11187 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11188 else if (ret == -2)
11189 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11192 else if (val != NULL)
11193 release_value (val);
11195 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11196 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11198 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11199 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11201 struct expression *cond;
11203 innermost_block = NULL;
11204 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11205 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11207 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11208 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11209 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11215 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11217 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11219 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11220 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11221 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11222 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11223 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11225 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11228 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11229 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11230 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11231 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11233 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11235 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11236 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11238 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11239 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11241 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11242 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11243 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11244 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11245 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11246 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11247 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11248 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11249 scope_breakpoint->type);
11253 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11254 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11255 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11256 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11258 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11259 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11260 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11261 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11263 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11265 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11268 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11269 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11271 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11272 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11273 b->thread = thread;
11274 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11275 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11277 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11278 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11281 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11282 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11285 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11286 name = type_to_string (t);
11288 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11289 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11292 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11293 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11295 /* The above expression is in C. */
11296 b->language = language_c;
11299 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11303 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11312 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11314 b->cond_string = 0;
11318 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11319 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11323 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11324 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11327 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11329 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11330 need to act on them together. */
11331 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11332 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11335 if (!just_location)
11336 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11338 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11340 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11341 that should be inserted. */
11342 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11346 delete_breakpoint (b);
11347 throw_exception (e);
11350 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11351 do_cleanups (back_to);
11354 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11355 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11358 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11360 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11361 struct value *head = v;
11363 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11364 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11367 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11368 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11369 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11370 hardware watchpoint.
11372 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11373 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11374 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11375 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11376 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11377 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11378 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11379 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11380 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11382 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11383 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11384 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11385 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11386 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11388 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11390 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11391 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11392 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11393 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11394 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11395 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11399 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11400 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11401 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11403 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11404 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11405 middle of some value chain. */
11407 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11408 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11410 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11414 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11415 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11416 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11418 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11422 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11426 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11427 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11428 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11429 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11430 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11433 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11434 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11435 return found_memory_cnt;
11439 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11441 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11444 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11445 calls watch_command_1. */
11448 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11450 int just_location = 0;
11453 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11454 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11456 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11460 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11464 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11466 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11470 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11472 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11476 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11478 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11482 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11484 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11488 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11490 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11494 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11495 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11497 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11499 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11500 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11504 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11505 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11506 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11509 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11511 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11513 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11514 if (a->breakpoint2)
11515 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11516 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11520 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11522 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11523 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11524 struct frame_info *frame;
11525 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11526 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11527 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11528 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11529 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11530 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11532 struct thread_info *tp;
11534 clear_proceed_status ();
11536 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11539 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11540 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11541 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11542 get_last_displayed_line ());
11544 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11545 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11547 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11548 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11550 sal = sals.sals[0];
11551 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11554 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11556 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11558 tp = inferior_thread ();
11561 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11563 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11564 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11565 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11568 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11569 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11570 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11571 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11573 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11576 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11578 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11580 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11581 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11582 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11586 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11588 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11589 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11592 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11596 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11597 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11598 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11599 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11601 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11602 only at the very same frame. */
11603 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11604 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11605 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11607 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11609 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11610 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11611 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11612 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11614 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11616 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11617 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11619 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11620 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11621 args->thread_num = thread;
11623 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11624 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11625 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11629 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11632 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11633 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11635 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11636 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11637 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11638 if clause in the arg string. */
11641 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11645 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11648 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11651 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11652 condition string. */
11653 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11654 cond_string = *arg;
11656 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11658 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11660 return cond_string;
11663 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11664 process start/exit, etc. */
11668 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11669 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11674 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11675 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11677 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11678 char *cond_string = NULL;
11679 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11682 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11683 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11684 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11688 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11690 /* The allowed syntax is:
11692 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11694 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11695 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11697 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11698 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11700 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11701 and enable reporting of such events. */
11704 case catch_fork_temporary:
11705 case catch_fork_permanent:
11706 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11707 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11709 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11710 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11711 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11712 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11715 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11721 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11722 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11724 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11725 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11727 char *cond_string = NULL;
11729 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11733 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11735 /* The allowed syntax is:
11737 catch exec if <cond>
11739 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11740 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11742 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11743 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11745 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11746 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11747 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11748 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11750 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11754 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11755 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11756 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11758 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11765 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11767 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11769 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11770 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11771 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11772 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11773 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11774 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11775 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11776 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11777 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11778 enough for now, though. */
11781 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11783 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11784 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11785 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11786 b->language = language_ada;
11789 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11790 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11792 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11794 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11795 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11797 while (*arg != '\0')
11799 int i, syscall_number;
11801 char cur_name[128];
11804 /* Skip whitespace. */
11805 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11807 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11808 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11809 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11812 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11813 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11814 if (*endptr == '\0')
11815 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11818 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11820 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11822 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11823 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11824 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11825 syscall number to be caught. */
11826 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11829 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11830 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11833 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11837 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11840 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11841 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11846 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11848 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11849 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11850 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11851 this architecture yet."));
11853 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11855 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11857 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11858 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11859 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11860 for his/her architecture. */
11861 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11863 /* The allowed syntax is:
11865 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11867 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11870 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11874 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11875 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11879 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11881 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11886 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11888 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11891 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11894 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11896 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11897 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11898 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11899 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11901 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11903 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11906 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11910 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11913 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11916 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11918 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11919 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11922 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11923 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11925 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11929 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11930 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11931 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11932 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11937 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11938 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11939 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11940 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11942 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11943 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11944 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11945 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11946 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11947 error (_("No source file specified."));
11949 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11955 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11956 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11957 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11958 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11960 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11961 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11962 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11963 due to optimization, all in one block.
11965 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11966 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11967 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11968 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11969 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11970 to support that. */
11972 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11973 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11974 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11978 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11979 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11981 const char *sal_fullname;
11983 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11984 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11985 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11988 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11993 1 0 <can't happen> */
11995 sal = sals.sals[i];
11996 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11997 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11999 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12003 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12004 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12006 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12007 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12009 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12010 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12011 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12013 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12014 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12015 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12016 || loc->section == sal.section));
12017 int line_match = 0;
12019 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12020 && loc->symtab != NULL
12021 && sal_fullname != NULL
12022 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12023 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12024 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12025 sal_fullname) == 0)
12028 if (pc_match || line_match)
12037 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12041 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12042 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12045 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12047 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12050 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12051 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12052 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12053 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12054 compare_breakpoints);
12055 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12056 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12060 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12065 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12066 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12069 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12070 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12072 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12075 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12078 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12079 delete_breakpoint (b);
12082 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12084 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12087 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12088 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12089 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12092 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12094 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12096 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12097 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12098 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12100 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12104 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12105 delete_breakpoint (b);
12109 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12110 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12111 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12112 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12113 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12114 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12117 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12119 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12120 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12121 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12122 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12123 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12125 if (a->address != b->address)
12126 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12128 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12129 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12132 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12133 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12134 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12136 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12137 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12138 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12140 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12141 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12142 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12144 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12145 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12146 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12148 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12151 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12152 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12153 content of the bp_location array. */
12156 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12158 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12160 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12161 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12165 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12167 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12170 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12171 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12173 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12174 addr = bl->address - start;
12175 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12176 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12178 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12180 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12181 addr = end - bl->address;
12182 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12183 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12187 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12190 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12192 struct breakpoint *b;
12193 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12195 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12198 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12200 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12202 struct bp_location *bl;
12203 struct tracepoint *t;
12204 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12206 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12207 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12208 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12211 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12213 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12214 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12215 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12216 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12219 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12221 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12224 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12226 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12227 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12228 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12229 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12232 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12235 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12238 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12240 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12241 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12242 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12243 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12245 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12246 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12247 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12248 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12249 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12251 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12252 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12253 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12254 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12255 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12256 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12257 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12258 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12261 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12262 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12263 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12267 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12269 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12270 struct bp_location *loc;
12271 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12274 address = bl->address;
12275 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12277 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12278 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12279 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12281 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12282 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12285 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12286 the same program space as the location
12287 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12288 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12293 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12294 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12297 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12298 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12299 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12300 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12301 that have already been marked. */
12302 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12304 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12306 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12308 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12309 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12314 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12315 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12316 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12317 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12318 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12319 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12320 returns true on them.
12322 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12323 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12324 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12325 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12326 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12327 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12330 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12332 struct breakpoint *b;
12333 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12334 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12335 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12336 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12337 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12338 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12340 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12341 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12342 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12343 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12344 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12346 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12347 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12348 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12349 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12351 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12352 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12353 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12354 unsigned old_location_count;
12356 old_location = bp_location;
12357 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12358 bp_location = NULL;
12359 bp_location_count = 0;
12360 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12363 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12364 bp_location_count++;
12366 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12367 locp = bp_location;
12368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12369 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12371 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12372 bp_location_compare);
12374 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12376 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12377 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12378 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12379 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12380 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12383 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12384 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12386 locp = bp_location;
12387 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12390 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12391 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12393 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12394 not, we have to free it. */
12395 int found_object = 0;
12396 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12397 int keep_in_target = 0;
12400 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12401 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12402 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12403 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12407 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12408 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12411 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12412 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12413 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12415 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12416 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12417 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12419 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12420 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12423 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12427 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12428 have to go through updates again. */
12429 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12431 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12433 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12435 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12436 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12437 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12438 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12439 at certain location is not inserted. */
12441 if (old_loc->inserted)
12443 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12446 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12448 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12449 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12450 keep_in_target = 1;
12454 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12455 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12456 remove its target-side condition. */
12458 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12459 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12460 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12461 this one from the target. */
12463 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12464 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12467 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12468 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12471 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12475 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12476 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12477 supported, but the latter are. */
12478 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12480 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12481 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12484 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12485 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12487 if (loc2 != old_loc
12488 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12490 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12491 keep_in_target = 1;
12499 if (!keep_in_target)
12501 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12503 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12504 this location on the global list, and try to
12505 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12506 reason why we will succeed next time.
12508 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12509 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12510 only after calling us. */
12511 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12512 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12513 old_loc->owner->number);
12521 if (removed && non_stop
12522 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12523 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12525 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12526 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12527 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12528 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12529 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12530 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12531 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12532 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12533 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12534 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12535 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12536 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12537 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12538 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12541 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12542 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12544 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12545 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12546 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12547 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12548 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12549 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12550 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12551 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12552 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12553 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12554 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12555 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12556 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12559 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12560 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12561 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12562 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12564 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12565 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12566 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12567 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12568 traps we can no longer explain. */
12570 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12571 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12573 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12577 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12578 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12583 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12584 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12585 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12586 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12587 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12588 are sorted first for the same address.
12590 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12591 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12593 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12594 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12595 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12596 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12597 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12599 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12601 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12604 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12605 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12606 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12607 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12608 `struct bp_location'. */
12609 || is_tracepoint (b))
12611 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12612 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12616 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12617 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12618 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12619 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12620 "actually inserted"));
12622 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12623 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12624 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12625 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12626 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12627 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12629 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12631 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12632 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12633 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12635 *loc_first_p = loc;
12636 loc->duplicate = 0;
12638 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12640 loc->needs_update = 1;
12641 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12642 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12648 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12649 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12650 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12652 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12653 loc->duplicate = 1;
12655 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12656 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12658 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12659 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12660 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12661 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12662 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12665 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12666 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12667 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12670 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12673 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12674 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12675 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12677 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12682 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12684 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12688 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12690 struct bp_location *loc;
12693 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12694 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12696 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12697 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12703 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12705 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12707 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12708 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12711 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12714 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12718 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12719 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12721 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12722 bs->old_val = NULL;
12723 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12727 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12729 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12731 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12733 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12737 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12741 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12743 struct value_print_options opts;
12745 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12747 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12749 if (b->loc == NULL)
12751 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12755 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12757 printf_filtered (" at ");
12758 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12761 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12763 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12765 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12766 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12767 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12768 b->loc->line_number);
12770 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12771 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12772 real situation somewhat. */
12773 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12778 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12780 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12782 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12787 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12790 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12792 xfree (self->cond);
12793 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12794 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12795 xfree (self->function_name);
12797 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12798 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12801 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12806 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12810 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12812 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12813 xfree (self->cond_string);
12814 xfree (self->extra_string);
12815 xfree (self->addr_string);
12816 xfree (self->filter);
12817 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12820 static struct bp_location *
12821 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12823 struct bp_location *loc;
12825 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12826 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12831 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12833 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12836 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12837 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12840 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12842 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12852 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12853 struct address_space *aspace,
12855 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12857 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12861 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12866 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12870 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12872 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12875 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12879 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 static enum print_stop_action
12885 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12887 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12891 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12892 struct ui_out *uiout)
12898 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12900 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12904 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12910 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12911 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12912 enum bptype type_wanted,
12916 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12920 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12921 struct linespec_result *c,
12923 char *extra_string,
12924 enum bptype type_wanted,
12925 enum bpdisp disposition,
12927 int task, int ignore_count,
12928 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12929 int from_tty, int enabled,
12930 int internal, unsigned flags)
12932 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12936 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12937 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12939 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12942 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12945 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12950 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12953 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12955 /* Nothing to do. */
12958 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12960 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12961 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12962 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12963 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12964 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12965 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12966 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12967 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12968 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12969 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12971 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12972 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12973 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12974 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12975 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12976 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12977 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12978 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12981 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12984 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12986 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12987 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12989 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12990 delete_breakpoint (b);
12994 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12998 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13000 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13001 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13004 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13009 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13011 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13012 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13014 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13018 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13019 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13020 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13022 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13023 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13026 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13030 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13031 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13032 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13039 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13041 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13046 static enum print_stop_action
13047 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13049 struct breakpoint *b;
13050 const struct bp_location *bl;
13052 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13054 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13056 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13057 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13059 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13060 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13061 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13064 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13068 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13072 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13073 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13075 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13076 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13078 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13082 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13089 case bp_breakpoint:
13090 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13091 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13092 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13094 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13095 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13096 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13097 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13099 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13100 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13103 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13111 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13113 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13115 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13117 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13118 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13120 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13121 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13123 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13124 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13126 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13127 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13131 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13132 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13133 enum bptype type_wanted,
13134 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13136 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13137 addr_start, copy_arg);
13141 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13142 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13144 char *extra_string,
13145 enum bptype type_wanted,
13146 enum bpdisp disposition,
13148 int task, int ignore_count,
13149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13150 int from_tty, int enabled,
13151 int internal, unsigned flags)
13153 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13154 cond_string, extra_string,
13156 disposition, thread, task,
13157 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13158 enabled, internal, flags);
13162 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13163 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13165 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13168 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13171 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13175 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13176 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13177 case bp_overlay_event:
13178 case bp_longjmp_master:
13179 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13180 case bp_exception_master:
13181 delete_breakpoint (b);
13184 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13185 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13186 case bp_shlib_event:
13188 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13189 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13190 case bp_thread_event:
13196 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13198 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13200 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13201 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13202 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13203 objects (among other things). */
13204 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13205 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13211 static enum print_stop_action
13212 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13214 struct breakpoint *b;
13216 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13220 case bp_shlib_event:
13221 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13222 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13223 to shlib event" message.) */
13224 print_solib_event (0);
13227 case bp_thread_event:
13228 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13229 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13230 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13233 case bp_overlay_event:
13234 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13235 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13238 case bp_longjmp_master:
13239 /* These should never be enabled. */
13240 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13243 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13244 /* These should never be enabled. */
13245 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13246 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13249 case bp_exception_master:
13250 /* These should never be enabled. */
13251 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13252 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13256 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13260 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13262 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13265 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13268 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13270 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13271 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13272 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13273 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13277 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13279 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13282 static enum print_stop_action
13283 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13285 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13287 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13289 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13294 ui_out_field_string
13296 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13300 ui_out_field_string
13302 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13307 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13311 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13313 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13316 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13318 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13319 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13322 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13324 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13327 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13329 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13332 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13335 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13337 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13341 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13343 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13350 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13352 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13353 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13355 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13359 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13360 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13361 enum bptype type_wanted,
13362 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13364 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13366 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13368 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13369 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13371 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13375 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13376 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13378 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13380 error (_("probe not found"));
13383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13386 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13388 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13392 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13393 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13394 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13396 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13402 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13403 struct ui_out *uiout)
13405 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13406 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13408 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13411 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13412 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13418 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13425 case bp_tracepoint:
13426 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13427 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13429 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13430 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13431 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13433 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13434 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13435 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13438 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13439 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13446 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13448 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13450 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13451 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13452 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13454 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13457 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13458 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13460 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13461 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13463 if (tp->pass_count)
13464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13468 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13469 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13470 enum bptype type_wanted,
13471 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13473 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13474 addr_start, copy_arg);
13478 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13479 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13481 char *extra_string,
13482 enum bptype type_wanted,
13483 enum bpdisp disposition,
13485 int task, int ignore_count,
13486 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13487 int from_tty, int enabled,
13488 int internal, unsigned flags)
13490 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13491 cond_string, extra_string,
13493 disposition, thread, task,
13494 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13495 enabled, internal, flags);
13499 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13500 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13502 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13505 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13507 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13511 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13512 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13513 enum bptype type_wanted,
13514 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13516 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13517 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13518 addr_start, copy_arg);
13522 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13523 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13525 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13526 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13529 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13531 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13534 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13536 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13538 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13539 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13540 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13541 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13543 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13544 error (_("Format string required"));
13546 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13547 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13548 3 - disconnect from target 1
13549 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13551 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13552 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13553 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13554 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13555 it all the time. */
13556 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13557 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13560 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13563 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13567 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13570 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13573 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13574 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13575 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13576 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13577 address are all handled. */
13580 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13582 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13583 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13584 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13586 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13587 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13588 condition not be evaluated. */
13591 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13592 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13593 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13594 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13595 commands here throws. */
13596 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13597 bs->commands = NULL;
13598 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13600 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13602 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13603 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13605 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13608 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13612 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13613 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13614 enum bptype type_wanted,
13615 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13617 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13619 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13621 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13623 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13624 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13625 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13629 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13630 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13632 char *extra_string,
13633 enum bptype type_wanted,
13634 enum bpdisp disposition,
13636 int task, int ignore_count,
13637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13638 int from_tty, int enabled,
13639 int internal, unsigned flags)
13642 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13643 canonical->sals, 0);
13645 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13646 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13647 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13648 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13649 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13650 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13652 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13654 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13655 struct tracepoint *tp;
13656 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13659 expanded.nelts = 1;
13660 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13662 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13663 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13665 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13666 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13668 cond_string, extra_string,
13669 type_wanted, disposition,
13670 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13671 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13672 canonical->special_display);
13673 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13674 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13675 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13676 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13677 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13678 corresponds to this one */
13679 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13681 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13683 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13688 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13689 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13691 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13693 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13694 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13696 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13700 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13703 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13706 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13708 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13711 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13715 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13717 struct breakpoint *b;
13719 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13721 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13722 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13725 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13726 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13727 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13728 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13729 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13732 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13733 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13734 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13735 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13737 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13740 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13741 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13742 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13744 struct breakpoint *related;
13745 struct watchpoint *w;
13747 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13748 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13749 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13750 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13754 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13756 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13757 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13758 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13759 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13760 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13763 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13764 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13765 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13766 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13768 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13770 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13771 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13773 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13774 if (b->next == bpt)
13776 b->next = bpt->next;
13780 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13782 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13783 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13784 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13785 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13786 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13787 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13788 commands won't work. */
13790 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13792 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13793 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13794 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13795 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13796 might be better design to have location completely
13797 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13798 update_global_location_list (0);
13800 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13801 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13802 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13803 bpt->type = bp_none;
13808 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13810 delete_breakpoint (b);
13814 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13816 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13819 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13820 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13823 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13824 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13828 struct breakpoint *related;
13833 struct breakpoint *next;
13835 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13836 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13838 if (next == related)
13840 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13841 function (related, data);
13843 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13844 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13849 function (related, data);
13853 while (related != b);
13857 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13859 delete_breakpoint (b);
13862 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13863 delete_breakpoint. */
13866 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13872 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13874 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13880 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13882 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13883 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13884 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13885 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13886 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13888 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13892 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13894 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13896 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13897 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13898 delete_breakpoint (b);
13902 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13906 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13908 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13909 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13910 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13915 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13916 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13917 Null names are ignored. */
13920 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13922 struct bp_location *l;
13923 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13924 (int (*) (const void *,
13925 const void *)) streq,
13926 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13928 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13931 const char *name = l->function_name;
13933 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13937 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13939 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13943 htab_delete (htab);
13949 htab_delete (htab);
13953 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13954 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13955 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13956 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13957 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13958 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13959 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13960 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13963 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13964 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13965 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13966 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13967 in the sources, and output a warning.
13969 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13970 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13971 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13972 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13973 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13976 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13977 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13978 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13979 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13980 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13981 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13982 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13983 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13984 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13986 static struct symtab_and_line
13987 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13989 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13990 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13995 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13997 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13999 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14000 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14002 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14004 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14005 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14006 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14011 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14013 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14015 && sal.symtab != NULL
14016 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14018 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14021 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14023 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14025 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14026 struct symbol *sym;
14027 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14028 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14030 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14032 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14033 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14035 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14036 "found at previous line number"),
14037 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14041 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14043 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14044 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14045 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14048 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14049 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14050 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14053 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14054 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14058 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14060 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14066 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14067 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14069 xfree (b->addr_string);
14070 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14071 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14072 b->loc->line_number);
14074 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14077 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14083 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14084 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14087 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14091 if (a->address != b->address)
14094 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14097 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14104 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14110 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14111 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14112 a ranged breakpoint. */
14115 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14116 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14117 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14120 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14122 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14124 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14126 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14127 update_global_location_list (1);
14128 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14129 "multiple locations found\n"),
14134 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14135 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14136 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14137 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14138 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14139 individual locations. */
14140 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14145 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14147 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14149 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14151 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14153 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14155 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14158 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14160 s = b->cond_string;
14161 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14163 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14164 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14169 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14170 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14171 b->number, e.message);
14172 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14176 if (sals_end.nelts)
14178 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14180 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14184 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14185 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14186 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14188 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14191 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14192 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14193 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14194 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14195 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14196 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14197 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14199 for (; e; e = e->next)
14201 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14203 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14204 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14206 for (; l; l = l->next)
14207 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14215 for (; l; l = l->next)
14216 if (l->function_name
14217 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14227 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14228 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14230 update_global_location_list (1);
14233 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14234 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14236 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14237 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14240 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14241 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14243 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14246 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14248 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14252 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14253 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14254 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14255 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14256 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14257 state, then user already saw the message about that
14258 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14260 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14261 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14262 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14263 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14264 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14265 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14267 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14269 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14270 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14271 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14272 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14273 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14274 which approach is better. */
14275 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14276 throw_exception (e);
14280 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14284 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14285 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14286 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14288 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14291 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14292 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14295 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14296 b->thread = thread;
14299 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14300 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14303 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14304 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14314 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14315 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14319 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14322 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14323 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14324 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14326 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14329 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14333 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14335 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14338 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14339 expanded_end = sals_end;
14343 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14346 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14347 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14350 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14351 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14352 enum bptype type_wanted,
14353 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14355 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14358 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14359 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14363 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14364 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14366 char *extra_string,
14367 enum bptype type_wanted,
14368 enum bpdisp disposition,
14370 int task, int ignore_count,
14371 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14372 int from_tty, int enabled,
14373 int internal, unsigned flags)
14375 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14377 type_wanted, disposition,
14378 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14379 enabled, internal, flags);
14382 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14383 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14386 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14387 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14389 struct linespec_result canonical;
14391 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14392 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14393 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14394 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14397 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14398 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14400 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14402 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14404 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14405 *sals = lsal->sals;
14406 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14408 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14411 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14414 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14416 static struct cleanup *
14417 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14419 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14421 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14422 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14423 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14424 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14425 set_language (b->language);
14430 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14431 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14432 Unused in this case. */
14435 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14437 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14438 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14439 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14441 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14442 b->ops->re_set (b);
14443 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14447 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14449 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14451 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14452 enum language save_language;
14453 int save_input_radix;
14454 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14456 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14457 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14458 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14462 /* Format possible error msg. */
14463 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14465 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14466 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14467 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14469 set_language (save_language);
14470 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14472 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14474 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14476 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14477 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14478 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14479 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14482 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14484 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14485 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14487 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14489 if (b->thread != -1)
14491 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14492 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14494 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14495 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14496 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14498 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14502 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14503 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14504 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14507 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14509 struct breakpoint *b;
14514 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14515 if (b->number == bptnum)
14517 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14519 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14520 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14525 b->ignore_count = count;
14529 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14530 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14532 else if (count == 1)
14533 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14536 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14537 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14540 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14544 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14547 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14550 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14556 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14558 num = get_number (&p);
14560 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14562 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14564 set_ignore_count (num,
14565 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14568 printf_filtered ("\n");
14571 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14572 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14575 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14580 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14582 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14585 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14587 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14589 while (!state.finished)
14591 char *p = state.string;
14595 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14598 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14603 if (b->number == num)
14606 function (b, data);
14610 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14615 static struct bp_location *
14616 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14618 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14622 struct breakpoint *b;
14623 struct bp_location *loc;
14628 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14630 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14633 if (b->number == bp_num)
14638 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14639 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14642 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14644 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14648 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14651 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14657 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14658 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14659 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14662 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14664 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14665 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14666 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14667 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14670 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14671 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14674 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14676 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14677 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14679 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14680 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14682 struct bp_location *location;
14684 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14685 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14688 update_global_location_list (0);
14690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14693 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14696 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14698 disable_breakpoint (b);
14701 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14702 disable_breakpoint. */
14705 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14707 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14711 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14715 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14718 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14719 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14723 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14727 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14729 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14736 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14738 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14739 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14740 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14741 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14743 update_global_location_list (0);
14746 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14747 num = extract_arg (&args);
14753 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14756 int target_resources_ok;
14758 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14761 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14762 target_resources_ok =
14763 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14765 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14766 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14767 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14768 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14771 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14773 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14774 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14775 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14777 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14779 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14781 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14782 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14783 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14787 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14788 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14794 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14795 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14797 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14799 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14800 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14802 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14803 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14805 struct bp_location *location;
14807 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14808 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14811 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14812 bpt->enable_count = count;
14813 update_global_location_list (1);
14815 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14820 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14822 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14826 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14828 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14831 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14832 enable_breakpoint. */
14835 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14837 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14840 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14841 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14842 in stopping the inferior. */
14845 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14849 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14851 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14852 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14853 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14857 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14861 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14863 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14870 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14872 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14873 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14874 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14875 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14877 update_global_location_list (1);
14880 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14881 num = extract_arg (&args);
14886 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14896 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14898 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14900 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14904 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14906 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14908 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14912 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14914 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14918 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14920 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14922 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14926 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14928 int count = get_number (&args);
14930 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14934 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14936 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14938 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14942 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14944 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14948 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14953 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14957 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14958 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14962 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14963 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14964 const bfd_byte *data)
14966 struct breakpoint *bp;
14968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14969 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14970 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14972 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14974 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14976 struct bp_location *loc;
14978 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14979 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14980 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14981 && addr + len > loc->address)
14983 value_free (wp->val);
14991 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14992 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14993 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14994 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14998 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14999 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15001 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15003 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15005 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15006 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15008 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15010 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15018 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15019 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15022 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15024 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15027 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15033 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
15036 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
15037 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
15039 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15042 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15043 struct address_space *aspace,
15048 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15050 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15051 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15055 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15056 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15057 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15060 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15061 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15062 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15063 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15064 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15065 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15067 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15068 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15069 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15070 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15073 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15074 were inserted or not. */
15077 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15079 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15080 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15083 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15086 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15088 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15090 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15092 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15093 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15094 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15095 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15097 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15099 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15100 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15101 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15102 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15106 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15107 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15108 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15112 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15116 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15117 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15119 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15120 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15121 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15125 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15129 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15133 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15134 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15135 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15136 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15139 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15143 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15148 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15150 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15152 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15153 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15161 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15162 non-zero otherwise. */
15164 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15166 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15167 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15168 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15175 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15177 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15178 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15180 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15184 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15186 struct breakpoint *bp;
15188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15189 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15191 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15193 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15197 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15199 if (syscall_number == iter)
15209 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15210 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15211 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15212 const char *text, const char *word)
15214 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15215 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15216 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15222 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15224 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15226 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15228 tracepoint_count = num;
15229 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15233 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15235 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15236 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15238 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15239 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15241 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15243 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15245 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15247 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15248 0 /* Ignore count */,
15249 pending_break_support,
15253 0 /* internal */, 0);
15257 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15259 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15261 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15263 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15264 0 /* Ignore count */,
15265 pending_break_support,
15266 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15269 0 /* internal */, 0);
15272 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15275 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15277 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15279 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15280 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15281 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15282 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15284 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15286 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15288 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15290 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15291 0 /* Ignore count */,
15292 pending_break_support,
15296 0 /* internal */, 0);
15299 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15300 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15302 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15303 static int next_cmd;
15306 read_uploaded_action (void)
15310 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15317 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15318 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15319 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15320 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15321 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15323 struct tracepoint *
15324 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15326 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15327 struct tracepoint *tp;
15329 if (utp->at_string)
15330 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15333 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15334 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15335 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15337 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15338 "source location, using raw address"),
15340 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15341 addr_str = small_buf;
15344 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15345 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15346 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15347 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15350 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15352 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15353 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15355 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15356 0 /* Ignore count */,
15357 pending_break_support,
15358 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15360 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15362 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15365 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15366 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15367 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15371 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15374 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15377 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15378 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15379 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15381 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15383 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15388 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15390 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15392 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15393 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15394 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15395 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15398 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15399 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15400 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15405 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15409 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15411 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15414 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15416 if (num_printed == 0)
15418 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15419 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15421 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15424 default_collect_info ();
15427 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15428 Not supported by all targets. */
15430 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15432 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15435 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15436 Not supported by all targets. */
15438 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15440 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15443 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15445 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15447 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15453 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15455 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15456 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15457 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15459 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15460 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15462 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15466 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15468 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15471 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15472 delete_breakpoint (b);
15476 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15479 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15482 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15484 tp->pass_count = count;
15485 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15487 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15488 tp->base.number, count);
15491 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15493 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15494 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15495 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15498 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15500 struct tracepoint *t1;
15501 unsigned int count;
15503 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15504 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15505 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15507 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15509 args = skip_spaces (args);
15510 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15512 struct breakpoint *b;
15514 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15516 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15518 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15520 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15521 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15524 else if (*args == '\0')
15526 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15528 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15532 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15534 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15535 while (!state.finished)
15537 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15539 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15544 struct tracepoint *
15545 get_tracepoint (int num)
15547 struct breakpoint *t;
15549 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15550 if (t->number == num)
15551 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15556 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15557 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15560 struct tracepoint *
15561 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15563 struct breakpoint *b;
15565 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15567 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15569 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15576 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15577 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15578 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15579 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15580 struct tracepoint *
15581 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15582 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15585 struct breakpoint *t;
15587 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15591 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15592 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15594 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15597 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15599 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15602 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15606 if (instring && *instring)
15607 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15610 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15611 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15615 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15616 if (t->number == tpnum)
15618 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15621 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15626 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15628 if (b->thread != -1)
15629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15637 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15638 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15639 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15643 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15644 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15646 struct breakpoint *tp;
15648 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15649 struct ui_file *fp;
15650 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15652 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15653 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15655 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15658 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15659 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15662 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15663 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15668 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15670 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15672 /* We can stop searching. */
15679 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15683 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15684 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15685 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15687 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15688 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15689 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15691 if (extra_trace_bits)
15692 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15696 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15697 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15700 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15701 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15704 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15706 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15707 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15710 if (tp->cond_string)
15711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15713 if (tp->ignore_count)
15714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15716 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15718 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15722 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15723 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15725 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15727 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15730 throw_exception (ex);
15732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15735 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15738 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15739 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15740 special, and not user visible. */
15741 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15743 struct bp_location *loc;
15746 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15752 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15756 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15757 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15760 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15763 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15765 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15768 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15771 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15773 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15776 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15778 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15779 all_tracepoints (void)
15781 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15782 struct breakpoint *tp;
15784 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15786 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15793 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15794 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15795 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15797 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15798 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15799 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15800 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15801 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15802 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15803 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15804 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15805 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15806 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15807 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15809 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15810 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15812 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15813 conditions are different.\n\
15815 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15817 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15818 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15820 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15821 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15824 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15825 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15826 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15827 completer_ftype *completer,
15828 void *user_data_catch,
15829 void *user_data_tcatch)
15831 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15833 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15835 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15836 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15837 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15839 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15841 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15842 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15843 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15847 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15849 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15850 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15852 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15853 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15854 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15858 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15860 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15861 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15862 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15865 struct breakpoint *
15866 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15869 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15873 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15880 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15881 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15884 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15886 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15887 non-inline function. */
15888 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15894 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15895 have been inlined. */
15898 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15899 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15901 struct breakpoint *b;
15902 struct bp_location *bl;
15904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15906 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15909 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15911 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15912 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15920 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15923 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15925 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15928 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15929 loc->symtab = NULL;
15933 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15935 static int initialized = 0;
15937 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15943 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15944 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15945 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15946 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15947 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15948 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15949 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15950 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15951 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15952 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15953 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15954 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15956 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15957 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15958 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15959 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15960 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15961 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15962 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15963 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15965 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15966 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15967 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15968 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15969 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15970 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15971 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15972 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15973 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15974 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15976 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15977 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15978 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15979 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15980 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15981 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15982 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15984 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15985 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15986 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15987 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15988 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15989 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15990 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15992 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15993 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15994 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15995 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15997 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15998 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15999 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16000 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16001 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16002 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16003 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16006 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16007 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16008 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16009 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16010 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16011 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16012 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16013 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16014 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16015 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16016 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16017 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16018 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16019 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16021 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16022 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16023 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16024 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16025 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16026 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16027 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16028 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16029 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16030 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16031 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16034 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16035 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16036 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16037 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16038 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16039 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16040 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16041 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16042 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16043 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16045 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16046 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16047 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16048 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16049 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16051 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16052 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16053 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16054 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16055 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16056 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16058 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16059 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16060 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16061 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16062 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16063 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16064 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16065 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16066 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16067 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16069 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16070 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16071 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16072 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16073 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16074 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16075 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16076 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16077 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16078 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16080 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16081 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16082 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16083 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16084 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16085 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16086 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16087 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16088 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16089 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16090 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16092 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16093 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16094 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16095 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16096 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16097 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16098 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16099 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16100 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16101 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16102 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16104 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16105 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16106 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16107 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16108 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16109 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16110 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16111 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16112 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16113 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16114 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16115 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16117 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16118 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16119 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16120 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16121 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16122 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16123 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16124 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16127 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16129 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16132 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16134 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16136 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16138 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16139 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16140 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16141 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16143 breakpoint_objfile_key
16144 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16146 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16147 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16148 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16150 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16151 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16152 before a breakpoint is set. */
16153 breakpoint_count = 0;
16155 tracepoint_count = 0;
16157 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16158 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16159 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16161 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16163 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16164 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16165 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16166 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16167 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16168 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16169 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16170 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16172 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16173 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16174 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16175 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16176 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16178 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16179 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16180 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16181 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16182 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16184 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16185 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16187 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16188 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16189 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16190 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16192 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16193 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16195 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16196 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16197 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16198 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16200 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16201 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16203 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16204 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16205 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16206 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16207 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16208 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16209 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16211 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16212 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16213 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16214 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16215 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16216 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16218 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16220 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16221 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16222 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16223 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16224 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16225 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16227 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16228 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16229 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16232 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16233 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16234 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16237 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16238 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16239 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16240 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16243 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16244 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16245 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16248 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16249 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16250 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16253 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16254 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16255 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16256 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16259 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16260 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16261 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16262 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16263 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16264 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16265 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16266 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16268 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16269 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16270 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16271 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16272 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16274 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16275 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16276 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16277 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16278 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16279 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16282 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16283 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16284 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16285 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16287 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16288 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16289 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16290 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16291 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16293 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16294 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16295 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16296 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16298 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16299 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16300 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16301 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16302 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16305 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16306 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16307 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16308 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16309 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16310 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16312 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16313 is executing in.\n\
16315 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16316 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16318 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16319 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16320 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16321 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16323 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16324 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16325 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16326 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16329 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16333 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16334 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16335 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16336 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16337 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16338 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16339 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16340 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16341 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16342 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16343 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16344 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16345 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16346 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16347 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16348 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16350 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16351 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16352 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16353 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16354 breakpoint set."));
16357 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16358 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16359 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16360 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16361 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16362 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16363 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16364 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16365 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16367 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16368 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16369 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16370 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16371 breakpoint set."));
16373 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16376 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16377 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16378 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16379 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16380 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16381 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16382 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16383 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16384 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16386 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16387 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16388 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16389 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16390 breakpoint set."));
16392 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16393 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16394 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16395 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16396 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16397 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16398 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16399 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16400 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16401 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16402 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16403 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16404 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16406 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16407 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16408 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16409 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16411 &maintenanceinfolist);
16413 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16414 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16415 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16416 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16418 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16419 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16420 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16421 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16423 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16424 catch_fork_command_1,
16426 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16427 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16428 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16429 catch_fork_command_1,
16431 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16432 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16433 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16434 catch_exec_command_1,
16438 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16439 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16440 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16441 catch_load_command_1,
16445 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16446 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16447 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16448 catch_unload_command_1,
16452 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16453 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16454 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16455 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16456 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16457 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16458 catch_syscall_command_1,
16459 catch_syscall_completer,
16463 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16464 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16465 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16466 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16467 an expression changes.\n\
16468 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16469 the memory to which it refers."));
16470 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16472 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16473 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16474 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16475 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16476 an expression is read.\n\
16477 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16478 the memory to which it refers."));
16479 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16481 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16482 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16483 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16484 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16485 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16486 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16487 the memory to which it refers."));
16488 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16490 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16491 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16493 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16494 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16495 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16496 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16497 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16498 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16499 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16500 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16501 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16504 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16505 &setlist, &showlist);
16507 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16509 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16511 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16512 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16514 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16515 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16516 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16518 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16519 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16520 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16521 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16523 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16524 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16526 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16527 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16528 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16530 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16531 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16533 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16534 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16535 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16536 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16537 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16538 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16539 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16540 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16541 the selected stack frame.\n\
16542 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16543 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16544 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16545 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16547 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16549 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16550 conditions are different.\n\
16552 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16553 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16554 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16556 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16557 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16558 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16559 last tracepoint set."));
16561 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16563 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16564 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16565 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16566 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16568 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16570 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16571 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16572 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16573 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16575 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16577 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16578 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16579 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16580 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16582 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16584 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16585 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16586 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16587 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16588 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16590 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16591 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16592 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16593 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16595 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16596 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16597 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16598 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16599 session to restore them."),
16601 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16603 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16604 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16605 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16607 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16609 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16610 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16612 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16613 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16614 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16615 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16616 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16617 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16618 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16619 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16620 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16621 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16622 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16623 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16625 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16626 &pending_break_support, _("\
16627 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16628 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16629 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16630 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16631 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16632 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16634 show_pending_break_support,
16635 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16636 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16638 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16640 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16641 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16642 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16643 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16644 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16645 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16646 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16648 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16649 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16650 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16652 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16653 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16654 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16655 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16656 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16657 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16658 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16659 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16660 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16661 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16662 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16663 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16665 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16666 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16667 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16669 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16670 condition_evaluation_enums,
16671 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16672 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16673 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16674 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16675 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16676 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16677 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16678 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16679 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16680 be set to \"gdb\""),
16681 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16682 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16683 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16684 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16686 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16687 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16688 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16689 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16690 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16691 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16692 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16693 or the start of the range\n\
16694 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16695 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16696 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16698 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16699 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16700 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16702 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16703 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16704 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16705 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16706 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16707 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16708 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16710 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16711 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16712 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16713 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16714 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16715 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16716 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16717 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16718 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16719 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16720 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16721 &setlist, &showlist);
16723 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16724 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16725 &dprintf_function, _("\
16726 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16727 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16728 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16729 &setlist, &showlist);
16731 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16732 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16733 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16734 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16735 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16736 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16737 &setlist, &showlist);
16739 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16740 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16741 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16742 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16743 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16744 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16747 &setlist, &showlist);
16749 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16750 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16751 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16753 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16755 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16756 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);